Volume 2 includes: Sections 267 – 528 Notes
Chapter 5—Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13—Species and communities
Chapter 5—Conservation of biodiversity and heritage i
Part 13—Species and communities i
Division 5—Plans 1
Subdivision A—Recovery plans and threat abatement plans 1
267 Simplified outline of this Subdivision............................................... 1
268 Compliance with recovery plans and threat abatement plans............ 1
269 Implementing recovery and threat abatement plans.......................... 1
269A Making or adopting a recovery plan ................................................. 2
270 Content of recovery plans ................................................................. 4
270A Decision whether to have a threat abatement plan ............................ 5
270B Making or adopting a threat abatement plan..................................... 7
271 Content of threat abatement plans..................................................... 9
272 Eradication of non-native species ................................................... 10
273 Ensuring plans are in force.............................................................. 11
274 Scientific Committee to advise on plans......................................... 13
275 Consultation on plans...................................................................... 14
276 Consideration of comments ............................................................ 15
277 Adoption of State plans................................................................... 15
278 Publication, review and variation of plans ...................................... 15
279 Variation of plans by the Minister .................................................. 16
280 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans
adopted by the Minister .................................................................. 17
281 Commonwealth assistance .............................................................. 17
282 Scientific Committee to advise on assistance.................................. 18
283 Plans may cover more than one species etc. ................................... 19
283A Revoking a threat abatement plan................................................... 19
284 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans...................... 19
Subdivision B—Wildlife conservation plans 19
285 Wildlife conservation plans ............................................................ 19 286 Acting in accordance with wildlife conservation plans................... 21 287 Content of wildlife conservation plans............................................ 21 288 Eradication of non-native species ................................................... 22 289 Scientific Committee to advise on scheduling of plans................... 22 290 Consultation on plans...................................................................... 23 291 Consideration of comments ............................................................ 24 292 Adoption of State plans................................................................... 24 293 Publication, review and variation of plans ...................................... 24
294 Variation of plans by the Minister .................................................. 25 295 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and plans adopted by the Minister .................................................................. 25 296 Commonwealth assistance .............................................................. 26 297 Plans may cover more than one species etc. ................................... 26 298 Reports on preparation and implementation of plans...................... 27
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 27
299 Wildlife conservation plans cease to have effect ............................ 27 300 Document may contain more than one plan.................................... 27 300A State and Territory laws not affected .............................................. 27
Division 6—Access to biological resources 28 301 Control of access to biological resources........................................ 28
Division 6A—Control of non-native species 29 301A Regulations for control of non-native species................................. 29
Division 7—Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries 30 302 Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries....................... 30
Division 8—Miscellaneous 31 303 Regulations ..................................................................................... 31 303A Exemptions from this Part .............................................................. 31
Part 13A—International movement of wildlife specimens 33
Division 1—Introduction 33 303BA Objects of Part ................................................................................ 33 303BAA Certain indigenous rights not affected ............................................ 33 303BB Simplified outline ........................................................................... 34 303BC Definitions ...................................................................................... 35
Division 2—CITES species 37
Subdivision A—CITES species and CITES specimens 37
303CA Listing of CITES species ................................................................ 37 303CB Stricter domestic measures.............................................................. 38
Subdivision B—Offences and permit system 39
303CC Exports of CITES specimens .......................................................... 39 303CD Imports of CITES specimens .......................................................... 40 303CE Applications for permits ................................................................. 42 303CF Further information......................................................................... 42 303CG Minister may issue permits ............................................................. 42 303CH Specific conditions relating to the export or import of CITES specimens for commercial purposes ............................................... 44 303CI Time limit for making permit decision ........................................... 47
303CJ Duration of permits......................................................................... 47 303CK Register of applications and decisions ............................................ 48
Subdivision C—Application of CITES 48
303CL Application of CITES—Management Authority and Scientific Authority......................................................................... 48
303CM Interpretation of CITES provisions................................................. 48
303CN Resolutions of the Conference of the Parties to CITES .................. 49
Division 3—Exports of regulated native specimens 50
Subdivision A—Regulated native specimens 50
303DA Regulated native specimens............................................................ 50 303DB Listing of exempt native specimens................................................ 50 303DC Minister may amend list.................................................................. 51
Subdivision B—Offence and permit system 53
303DD Exports of regulated native specimens............................................ 53 303DE Applications for permits ................................................................. 54 303DF Further information......................................................................... 54 303DG Minister may issue permits ............................................................. 54 303DH Time limit for making permit decision ........................................... 57 303DI Duration of permits......................................................................... 57 303DJ Register of applications and decisions ............................................ 57
Division 4—Imports of regulated live specimens 59
Subdivision A—Regulated live specimens 59
303EA Regulated live specimens................................................................ 59 303EB Listing of specimens suitable for live import.................................. 59 303EC Minister may amend list.................................................................. 60
Subdivision B—Assessments relating to the amendment of the list of specimens suitable for import 61
303ED Amendment of list on the Minister’s own initiative........................ 61 303EE Application for amendment of list .................................................. 62 303EF Requirement for assessments.......................................................... 62 303EG Timing of decision about proposed amendment ............................. 63 303EH Requesting further information....................................................... 63 303EI Notice of refusal of proposed amendment ...................................... 63 303EJ Reviews .......................................................................................... 64
Subdivision C—Offence and permit system 64
303EK Imports of regulated live specimens ............................................... 64 303EL Applications for permits ................................................................. 65 303EM Further information......................................................................... 65
303EN Minister may issue permits ............................................................. 65 303EO Time limit for making permit decision ........................................... 66 303EP Duration of permits......................................................................... 66 303EQ Register of applications and decisions ............................................ 67
Subdivision D—Marking of certain specimens for the purposes of identification 67
303ER Object.............................................................................................. 67 303ES Specimens to which Subdivision applies ........................................ 67 303ET Extended meaning of marking ........................................................ 68 303EU Secretary may make determinations about marking of specimens........................................................................................ 68 303EV Offences.......................................................................................... 69 303EW This Subdivision does not limit conditions of permits.................... 70
Division 5—Concepts relating to permit criteria 71
Subdivision A—Non-commercial purpose exports and imports 71
303FA Eligible non-commercial purpose exports....................................... 71 303FB Eligible non-commercial purpose imports ...................................... 71 303FC Export or import for the purposes of research................................. 72 303FD Export or import for the purposes of education .............................. 73 303FE Export or import for the purposes of exhibition.............................. 73 303FF Export or import for conservation breeding or propagation............ 74 303FG Export or import of household pets................................................. 75 303FH Export or import of personal items ................................................. 76 303FI Export or import for the purposes of a travelling exhibition........... 76
Subdivision B—Commercial purpose exports and imports 77
303FJ Eligible commercial purpose exports.............................................. 77 303FK Export or import from an approved captive breeding program........................................................................................... 77 303FL Export from an approved artificial propagation program................ 78 303FM Export from an approved aquaculture program............................... 78 303FN Approved wildlife trade operation .................................................. 78 303FO Approved wildlife trade management plan ..................................... 81 303FP Accredited wildlife trade management plan.................................... 83 303FQ Consultation with State and Territory agencies .............................. 85 303FR Public consultation.......................................................................... 85 303FRA Assessments.................................................................................... 85 303FS Register of declarations................................................................... 86 303FT Additional provisions relating to declarations................................. 87 303FU Approved commercial import program........................................... 88
Division 6—Miscellaneous
303GA Permit decision—controlled action, and action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required...................................................... 89 303GB Exceptional circumstances permit................................................... 91 303GC Permit authorising the Secretary to export or import specimens........................................................................................ 93 303GD Testing permit—section 303EE assessments.................................. 95 303GE Conditions of permits...................................................................... 96 303GF Contravening conditions of a permit............................................... 97 303GG Authorities under permits ............................................................... 99 303GH Transfer of permits.......................................................................... 99 303GI Suspension or cancellation of permits........................................... 100 303GJ Review of decisions ...................................................................... 100 303GK Permit to be produced ................................................................... 101 303GL Pre-CITES certificate to be produced ........................................... 102 303GM Fees............................................................................................... 103 303GN Possession of illegally imported specimens .................................. 103 303GO Regulations relating to welfare ..................................................... 105 303GP Cruelty—export or import of animals........................................... 106 303GQ Imports of specimens contrary to the laws of a foreign country.......................................................................................... 107 303GR Evidence ....................................................................................... 108 303GS Evidence of examiner ................................................................... 108 303GT Protection of witness..................................................................... 110 303GU Forms and declarations—persons arriving in Australia or an external Territory .......................................................................... 111 303GV Saving of other laws ..................................................................... 111 303GW Part not to apply to certain specimens........................................... 111 303GX Part not to apply to certain specimens used by traditional inhabitants..................................................................................... 113 303GY When a specimen is lawfully imported ......................................... 115
Part 14—Conservation agreements
304 Object of this Part ......................................................................... 116 305 Minister may enter into conservation agreements......................... 116 306 Content of conservation agreements ............................................. 119 307 Conservation agreements to be legally binding ............................ 121 308 Variation and termination of conservation agreements................. 121 309 Publication of conservation agreements........................................ 122 310 List of conservation agreements.................................................... 123 311 Commonwealth, State and Territory laws..................................... 124 312 Minister must not give preference................................................. 124
Part 15—Protected areas 125 Division 1—Managing World Heritage properties 125 Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 125 313 Simplified outline of this Division................................................ 125 Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on World Heritage listing 126 314 Special provisions relating to World Heritage nominations.......... 126 Subdivision C—Notice of submission of property for listing 126 315 Minister must give notice of submission of property for listing etc....................................................................................... 126 Subdivision D—Plans for listed World Heritage properties in Commonwealth areas 127 316 Making plans ................................................................................ 127 317 Notice of plans.............................................................................. 129 318 Commonwealth compliance with plans ........................................ 129 319 Review of plans every 5 years ...................................................... 129
Subdivision E—Managing World Heritage properties in States and self-governing Territories 130 320 Application ................................................................................... 130 321 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans .............................. 130 322 Commonwealth responsibilities.................................................... 130
Subdivision F—Australian World Heritage management principles 131
323 Australian World Heritage management principles ...................... 131
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting World Heritage properties 131 324 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared World Heritage properties........................................................................ 131
Division 1A—Managing National Heritage places 133 Subdivision A—Preliminary 133 324A Simplified outline of this Division................................................ 133 324B Extension to places etc. outside the Australian jurisdiction .......... 134 Subdivision B—The National Heritage List 134 324C The National Heritage List............................................................ 134 324D Meaning of National Heritage values........................................... 134 324E Nominations of places................................................................... 135 324F Emergency listing ......................................................................... 136 324G Assessments by the Australian Heritage Council.......................... 138
324H Inviting public comments after assessment................................... 140
324J Decision about inclusion of a place in the National Heritage
List................................................................................................ 142
324K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a
place.............................................................................................. 146
324L Removal of places or National Heritage values from the
National Heritage List................................................................... 147
324M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage
Council and public comments....................................................... 148
324N Specifying one or more additional National Heritage values
for a National Heritage place ........................................................ 149
324P National Heritage List must be publicly available ........................ 150
324Q Certain information may be kept confidential............................... 150
324R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and
advice............................................................................................ 151
Subdivision C—Management plans for National Heritage places in Commonwealth areas 153
324S Management plans for National Heritage places in
Commonwealth areas.................................................................... 153
324T Restriction on ability to make plans.............................................. 154
324U Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and
Commonwealth agencies .............................................................. 154
324V Multiple plans in the same document............................................ 155
324W Review of plans at least every 5 years .......................................... 155
Subdivision D—Management of National Heritage places in States and self-governing Territories 156
324X Plans and Commonwealth responsibilities.................................... 156
Subdivision E—The National Heritage management principles 156
324Y National Heritage management principles .................................... 156
Subdivision F—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies 157
324Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage
Council.......................................................................................... 157
324ZA Protecting National Heritage values of places sold or leased........ 158
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting National Heritage places 159
324ZB Commonwealth assistance for protecting National Heritage places ............................................................................................ 159
Subdivision H—Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List 160
324ZC Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List................ 160
Division 2—Managing wetlands of international importance 161 Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 161 325 Simplified outline of this Division................................................ 161 Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on Ramsar designation 162 326 Commonwealth must seek agreement before designation ............ 162 Subdivision C—Notice of designation of wetland 162 327 Minister must give notice of designation of wetland etc............... 162 Subdivision D—Plans for listed wetlands in Commonwealth areas 163 328 Making plans ................................................................................ 163 329 Notice of plans.............................................................................. 165 330 Commonwealth compliance with plans ........................................ 165 331 Review of plans every 5 years ...................................................... 165
Subdivision E—Management of wetlands in States and self-governing Territories 165 332 Application ................................................................................... 165 333 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans .............................. 166 334 Commonwealth responsibilities.................................................... 166 Subdivision F—Australian Ramsar management principles 167 335 Australian Ramsar management principles................................... 167 Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting wetlands 167 336 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared Ramsar wetlands ........................................................................................ 167 Division 3—Managing Biosphere reserves 168 337 Definition of Biosphere reserve.................................................... 168 338 Planning for management of Biosphere reserves .......................... 168 339 Commonwealth activities in Biosphere reserves........................... 168 340 Australian Biosphere reserve management principles................... 169 341 Commonwealth assistance for protecting Biosphere reserves....... 169 Division 3A—Managing Commonwealth Heritage places 170 Subdivision A—Preliminary 170 341A Simplified outline of this Division................................................ 170 341B Extension to places etc. outside the Australian jurisdiction .......... 170 Subdivision B—The Commonwealth Heritage List 171 341C The Commonwealth Heritage List................................................ 171 341D Meaning of Commonwealth Heritage values................................ 171 341E Nominations of places................................................................... 172
341F Emergency listing ......................................................................... 173
341G Assessments by the Australian Heritage Council.......................... 175
341H Inviting public comments after assessment................................... 177
341J Decision about inclusion of a place in the Commonwealth
Heritage List ................................................................................. 179
341K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a
place.............................................................................................. 183
341L Removal of places or Commonwealth Heritage values from
the Commonwealth Heritage List ................................................. 183
341M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage
Council and public comments....................................................... 185
341N Specifying one or more additional Commonwealth Heritage
values for a Commonwealth Heritage place.................................. 186
341P Commonwealth Heritage List must be publicly available............. 187
341Q Certain information may be kept confidential............................... 187
341R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and
advice............................................................................................ 187
Subdivision C—Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places 189
341S Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places............... 189
341T Endorsing management plans for Commonwealth Heritage
places ............................................................................................ 190
341U Restriction on ability to make plans.............................................. 191
341V Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and
Commonwealth agencies .............................................................. 191
341W Multiple plans in the same document............................................ 192
341X Review of plans at least every 5 years .......................................... 192
Subdivision D—The Commonwealth Heritage management principles 193
341Y Commonwealth Heritage management principles......................... 193
Subdivision E—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies 193
341Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage
Council.......................................................................................... 193
341ZA Heritage strategies......................................................................... 193
341ZB Heritage assessments and registers ............................................... 194
341ZC Minimising adverse impact on heritage values ............................. 195
341ZD Requirement to ask Minister for advice ........................................ 195
341ZE Protecting Commonwealth Heritage values of places sold or
leased ............................................................................................ 196
Subdivision F—Advice for authorising actions in Indian Ocean Territories 198
341ZF Minister’s advice on authorisation of actions affecting Commonwealth Heritage places ................................................... 198
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places 198
341ZG Commonwealth assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places.............................................................................. 198
Subdivision H—Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List 199
341ZH Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List................................................................................................ 199
Division 4—Commonwealth reserves 200
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 200
342 Simplified outline of this Division................................................ 200
Subdivision B—Declaring and revoking Commonwealth reserves 200
343 Simplified outline of this Subdivision........................................... 200
344 Declaring Commonwealth reserves .............................................. 201
345 Extent of Commonwealth reserve................................................. 203
345A Commonwealth usage rights vest in Director ............................... 203
346 Content of Proclamation declaring Commonwealth reserve......... 203
347 Assigning Commonwealth reserves and zones to IUCN
categories ...................................................................................... 204
348 Australian IUCN reserve management principles......................... 206
349 Proclamations assigning reserve or zone to wilderness area
category may affect management.................................................. 206
350 Revocation and alteration of Commonwealth reserves ................. 207
351 Report before making Proclamation ............................................. 208
352 What happens to Director’s usage rights when
Commonwealth reserve is revoked ............................................... 209
Subdivision C—Activities in Commonwealth reserves 210
353 Simplified outline of this Subdivision........................................... 210
354 Activities that may be carried on only under management
plan ............................................................................................... 211
355 Limits on mining operations in Commonwealth reserves ............. 212
356 Regulations controlling activities relating to Commonwealth
reserves ......................................................................................... 213
356A Charges for activities in Commonwealth reserves ........................ 215
357 Managing Commonwealth reserves while a management
plan is not in operation.................................................................. 216
358 Restriction on disposal of Director’s interests in
Commonwealth reserves............................................................... 217
359 Prior usage rights relating to Commonwealth reserves
continue to have effect.................................................................. 217
359A Traditional use of Commonwealth reserves by indigenous
persons.......................................................................................... 218
360 Activities in wilderness areas........................................................ 219
Subdivision D—Complying with management plans for Commonwealth reserves 220
361 Simplified outline of this Subdivision........................................... 220
362 Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies to comply
with management plan for Commonwealth reserve...................... 221
363 Resolving disagreement between land council and Director
over implementation of plan ......................................................... 221
364 Resolving disagreement between Director and Board over
implementation of plan ................................................................. 223
Subdivision E—Approving management plans for Commonwealth reserves 224
365 Simplified outline of this Subdivision........................................... 224
366 Obligation to prepare management plans for Commonwealth
reserves ......................................................................................... 224
367 Content of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve....... 225
368 Steps in preparing management plans for Commonwealth
reserves ......................................................................................... 227
369 Resolving disagreements between Director and Board in
planning process ........................................................................... 230
370 Approval of management plans for Commonwealth reserves....... 231
371 Approved management plans are disallowable instruments.......... 233
372 Amendment and revocation of management plans for
Commonwealth reserves............................................................... 233
373 Expiry of management plans for Commonwealth reserves........... 234
Subdivision F—Boards for Commonwealth reserves on indigenous people’s land 234
374 Simplified outline of this Subdivision........................................... 234
375 Application ................................................................................... 234
376 Functions of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve...................... 234
377 Minister must establish Board if land council or traditional
owners agree ................................................................................. 235
378 Altering the constitution of a Board or abolishing a Board........... 236
379 Appointment of Board members................................................... 237
380 Terms and conditions.................................................................... 238
381 Remuneration................................................................................ 239
382 Termination of appointments of Board members.......................... 239 383 Procedure of a Board .................................................................... 241
Subdivision G—Special rules for some Commonwealth reserves in
the Northern Territory or Jervis Bay Territory 242
384 Simplified outline of this Subdivision........................................... 242 385 Activities in Commonwealth reserve without management plan ............................................................................................... 242 386 What are the Kakadu region and the Uluru region? ..................... 242 387 No mining operations in Kakadu National Park ........................... 243 388 Establishment and development of townships in the Kakadu region and Uluru region................................................................ 243 389 Planning for townships ................................................................. 244 390 Special rules to protect Aboriginal interests in planning process .......................................................................................... 246 390A Appointment of Northern Territory nominee to Board ................. 247
Division 5—Conservation zones 249 390B Simplified outline of this Division................................................ 249 390C Object of this Division.................................................................. 249 390D Proclamation of conservation zones.............................................. 249 390E Regulating activities generally...................................................... 250 390F Charges for activities in conservation zones ................................. 252 390G Other laws and regulations made for this Division ....................... 252 390H Prior usage rights relating to conservation zones continue to have effect..................................................................................... 253 390J Revoking and altering conservation zones.................................... 254
Chapter 6—Administration 255
Part 16—Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions 255 391 Minister must consider precautionary principle in making decisions ....................................................................................... 255 391A Minister must consider information in the Register of the National Estate in making decisions ............................................. 257
Part 17—Enforcement 258
Division 1—Wardens, rangers and inspectors 258
Subdivision A—Wardens and rangers 258
392 Appointment of wardens and rangers............................................ 258 393 Arrangements for certain officers or employees to exercise powers etc. of wardens or rangers................................................. 258 394 Wardens ex officio ........................................................................ 259
395 Identity cards ................................................................................ 259
Subdivision B—Inspectors 259
396 Appointment of inspectors............................................................ 259 397 Inspectors ex officio ...................................................................... 260 398 Arrangements for State and Territory officers to be inspectors...................................................................................... 260 399 Identity cards ................................................................................ 261
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 262
400 Regulations may give wardens, rangers and inspectors extra powers, functions and duties......................................................... 262 401 Impersonating authorised officers and rangers ............................. 262 402 Offences against authorised officers and rangers.......................... 263
Division 2—Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises by consent 265 403 Boarding of vessels etc. by authorised officers............................. 265 404 Authorised officers to produce identification................................ 267 405 Access to premises........................................................................ 268 406 Powers of authorised officers........................................................ 268
Division 3—Monitoring of compliance 271 407 Monitoring powers........................................................................ 271 408 Monitoring searches with occupier’s consent ............................... 271 409 Monitoring warrants ..................................................................... 273 410 Details of monitoring warrant to be given to occupier etc. ........... 274 411 Occupier entitled to be present during search ............................... 275 412 Announcement before entry.......................................................... 275 412A Other powers when on premises under monitoring warrant.......... 275
Division 4—Search warrants 277 413 When search warrants can be issued............................................. 277 414 Statements in warrants .................................................................. 278 415 Powers of magistrate..................................................................... 279 416 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means ......................... 280 417 The things that are authorised by a search warrant ....................... 282 418 Availability of assistance, and use of force, in executing a warrant.......................................................................................... 284 419 Details of warrant to be given to occupier etc............................... 285 420 Specific powers available to person executing warrant................. 285 421 Use of equipment to examine or process things............................ 286 422 Use of electronic equipment at premises....................................... 287 423 Compensation for damage to electronic equipment ...................... 289 424 Copies of seized things to be provided.......................................... 289
425 Occupier entitled to be present during search ............................... 290 426 Receipts for things seized under warrant ...................................... 290 427 Restrictions on personal searches.................................................. 291 428 When a thing is in the possession of a person............................... 291
Division 5—Stopping and searching aircraft, vehicles or vessels 292 429 Searches of aircraft, vehicles or vessels without warrant in emergency situations..................................................................... 292
Division 6—Arrest and related matters 294 430 Powers of arrest ............................................................................ 294 431 Power to conduct a frisk search of an arrested person .................. 294 432 Power to conduct an ordinary search of an arrested person .......... 295 433 Power to conduct search of arrested person’s premises ................ 295
Division 7—Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. 296 434 Conduct of ordinary searches and frisk searches .......................... 296 435 Announcement before entry.......................................................... 296 436 Offence of making false statements in warrants............................ 296 437 Offences relating to telephone warrants........................................ 297 438 Retention of things which are seized ............................................ 297 439 Magistrate may permit a thing to be retained................................ 298 440 Law relating to legal professional privilege not affected .............. 299 441 Other laws about search, arrest etc. not affected........................... 299 442 Persons to assist authorised officers.............................................. 300
Division 8—Power to search goods, baggage etc. 302 443 Power to search goods, baggage etc.............................................. 302
Division 8A—Power to ask questions about specimens 303 443A Authorised officer may ask questions about the nature or origin of specimens....................................................................... 303
Division 9—Power to ask for names and addresses 305 444 Authorised person may ask for person’s name and address.......... 305
Division 10—Seizure and forfeiture etc. 306
Subdivision AA—Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A 306
444A Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A........................................................................................ 306 444B Notice about seizure...................................................................... 306 444C Applications for return of specimen.............................................. 307 444D Court action for return of specimen .............................................. 307 444E Consignment of specimen with consent of owner......................... 308
444F Release of specimen...................................................................... 308 444G Retention of specimen................................................................... 309 444H Forfeiture of specimen after end of retention period..................... 310 444J Forfeiture of specimen by consent etc........................................... 310 444K Forfeiture of specimen by order of a civil court............................ 311 Subdivision A—Seizure of goods 311 445 Seizure of goods............................................................................ 311 446 Retention of goods that have been seized ..................................... 312 447 Disposal of goods if there is no owner or owner cannot be located........................................................................................... 313 448 Release of goods that have been seized ........................................ 313 Subdivision B—Immediate disposal of seized items 314 449 Immediate disposal of seized items............................................... 314 Subdivision C—Court-ordered forfeiture 315 450 Court-ordered forfeiture................................................................ 315 Subdivision D—Dealings in forfeited items 315 451 Dealings in forfeited items............................................................ 315 Subdivision E—Delivery of forfeited items to the Commonwealth 316 452 Delivery of forfeited items to the Commonwealth........................ 316 Subdivision F—Keeping of organisms that have been seized 316 453 Keeping of organisms retained under this Part.............................. 316 454 Recovery of costs of storing or keeping organisms....................... 317 Subdivision G—Rescuing goods 318 455 Rescuing goods............................................................................. 318 456 Breaking or destroying goods or documents to prevent seizure etc. .................................................................................... 318 Division 11—Powers of pursuit 319 457 Power to pursue persons etc.......................................................... 319 Division 12—Environmental audits 320 458 Directed environmental audits ...................................................... 320 459 Appointment of auditor and carrying out of audit......................... 321 460 Nature of directed environmental audit......................................... 321 461 Audit reports ................................................................................. 322 462 Directed environmental audits do not affect other audit obligations..................................................................................... 323
Division 13—Conservation orders 324
Subdivision A—Simplified outline 324
463 Simplified outline of this Division................................................ 324
Subdivision B—Making and reviewing conservation orders 324
464 Minister may make conservation orders ....................................... 324 465 Duration of conservation orders.................................................... 325 466 Reviews of conservation orders .................................................... 326 467 Publication of conservation orders................................................ 326 468 Application for reconsideration of conservation orders or decisions on review....................................................................... 327 469 Reconsideration of conservation orders and decisions on review ........................................................................................... 328
Subdivision C—Complying with conservation orders 328
470 Contravening conservation orders is an offence ........................... 328 471 Minister to consider proposed actions etc..................................... 329 472 Contents of notices of advice........................................................ 329 473 Review by the Administrative Appeals Tribunal .......................... 330 474 Assistance in complying with conservation orders ....................... 330
Division 14—Injunctions 331 475 Injunctions for contravention of the Act ....................................... 331 476 Injunctions for contraventions of conservation agreements .......... 333 477 Discharge of injunctions ............................................................... 334 478 No undertakings as to damages..................................................... 334 479 Certain considerations for granting injunctions not relevant......... 334 480 Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the Court............................................................................................. 335
Division 15—Civil penalties 336
Subdivision A—Obtaining an order for a civil penalty 336
481 Federal Court may order person to pay pecuniary penalty for contravening civil penalty provision............................................. 336 482 What is a civil penalty provision?................................................. 337 483 Contravening a civil penalty provision is not an offence .............. 337 484 Persons involved in contravening civil penalty provision............. 337 485 Recovery of a pecuniary penalty................................................... 337 486 Gathering information for application for pecuniary penalty........ 338
Subdivision B—Civil penalty proceedings and criminal proceedings 338
486A Civil proceedings after criminal proceedings................................ 338 486B Criminal proceedings during civil proceedings............................. 339
486C Criminal proceedings after civil proceedings................................ 339 486D Evidence given in proceedings for penalty not admissible in criminal proceedings..................................................................... 339
Division 16—Review of administrative decisions 340 487 Extended standing for judicial review........................................... 340 488 Applications on behalf of unincorporated organisations............... 341
Division 17—Duty to provide accurate information 342 489 Providing false or misleading information to obtain approval or permit ....................................................................................... 342 490 Providing false or misleading information in response to a condition on an approval or permit ............................................... 343 491 Providing false or misleading information to authorised officer etc...................................................................................... 343
Division 18—Liability of executive officers for corporations 345 493 Who is an executive officer of a body corporate?.......................... 345 494 Civil penalties for executive officers of bodies corporate............. 345 495 Criminal liability of executive officers of bodies corporate.......... 345 496 Did an executive officer take reasonable steps to prevent contravention?............................................................................... 347
Division 19—Infringement notices 349 497 Infringement notices ..................................................................... 349
Division 20—Publicising contraventions 350 498 Minister may publicise contraventions of this Act or the regulations..................................................................................... 350
Division 21—Immunity of officers 351 498A Immunity of officers and assistants............................................... 351
Part 18—Remedying environmental damage 352 499 Commonwealth powers to remedy environmental damage........... 352 500 Liability for loss or damage caused by contravention................... 353 501 Other powers not affected ............................................................. 354
Part 19—Organisations 355
Division 1—Establishment and functions of the Threatened Species Scientific Committee 355 502 Establishment................................................................................ 355 503 Functions of the Committee.......................................................... 355
Division 2—Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee 356 504 Establishment................................................................................ 356
505 Functions of the Committee.......................................................... 357
Division 2A—Indigenous Advisory Committee 358
505A Establishment................................................................................ 358
505B Functions of the Committee.......................................................... 358
Division 3—Members and procedures of Committees 359 506 Application ................................................................................... 359 507 Terms and conditions.................................................................... 359 508 Remuneration................................................................................ 359 509 Termination of appointments of Committee members.................. 360 510 Procedure of a Committee............................................................. 361
Division 4—Advisory committees 362 511 Minister may establish advisory committees ................................ 362 512 Appointments................................................................................ 362 513 Members of advisory committees ................................................. 362 514 Committee procedure.................................................................... 363 Division 5—Director of National Parks 364 Subdivision A—Establishment, functions and powers 364 514A Continuation ................................................................................. 364 514B Functions ...................................................................................... 364 514C Powers .......................................................................................... 365 514D Requirements relating to functions and powers ............................ 366 Subdivision B—Constitution of Director of National Parks 367 514E Constitution................................................................................... 367 514F Appointment ................................................................................. 367 514G Acting appointments ..................................................................... 368 Subdivision C—Terms and conditions of appointment 368 514H Term of office ............................................................................... 368 514J Remuneration................................................................................ 369 514K Outside employment ..................................................................... 369 514L Disclosure of interests................................................................... 369 514M Leave of absence........................................................................... 369 514N Resignation ................................................................................... 369 514P Termination................................................................................... 370 514Q Other terms and conditions ........................................................... 370 Subdivision D—Australian National Parks Fund 370 514R Australian National Parks Fund .................................................... 370 514S Payments to Australian National Parks Fund................................ 371 514T Application of money ................................................................... 371
Subdivision E—Accountability 372
514U Modification of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 ..................................................................... 372 514V Extra matters to be included in annual report................................ 372
Subdivision F—Miscellaneous 372
514W Exemption from taxation .............................................................. 372 514X Changes in office of Director........................................................ 373
Part 20—Delegation 374 515 Delegation..................................................................................... 374
Part 20A—Publication of information on the Internet 375 515A Publication of information on the Internet .................................... 375
Part 21—Reporting 376
Division 1—Annual reports 376 516 Annual report on operation of Act ................................................ 376 516A Annual reports to deal with environmental matters ...................... 376
Division 2—State of the environment reports 379 516B State of the environment reports ................................................... 379
Chapter 7—Miscellaneous 380
Part 22—Miscellaneous 380 517 Determinations of species ............................................................. 380 518 Non-compliance with time limits.................................................. 380 519 Compensation for acquisition of property..................................... 381 520 Regulations ................................................................................... 381 521 Fees and charges must not be taxes............................................... 383 522 Financial assistance etc. to be paid out of appropriated money ........................................................................................... 383 522A Review of operation of Act........................................................... 383
Chapter 8—Definitions 385
Part 23—Definitions 385
Division 1—Some definitions relating to particular topics 385
Subdivision A—Actions 385
523 Actions .......................................................................................... 385 524 Things that are not actions............................................................ 385 524A Provision of grant funding is not an action ................................... 386
Subdivision B—Areas 386 525 Commonwealth areas.................................................................... 386 Subdivision C—Entities 388 526 Subsidiaries of bodies corporate ................................................... 388 Subdivision D—Criminal law 388 527 Convictions................................................................................... 388 Subdivision E—Specimens 388 527A Specimens..................................................................................... 388 527B Breeding in captivity..................................................................... 390 527C Artificial propagation.................................................................... 390 527D Things represented to be CITES specimens.................................. 390 Division 2—General list of definitions 392 528 Definitions .................................................................................... 392
Notes 413
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Recovery plans for listed threatened species and ecological communities and threat abatement plans for key threatening processes bind the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies.
The Minister must ensure that a recovery plan is in force for each listed threatened species and ecological community.
The Minister need ensure a threat abatement plan is in force for a key threatening process only if the Minister decides that a plan is a feasible, effective and efficient way of abating the process. The Minister must consult before making such a decision.
A recovery plan or threat abatement plan can be made by the Minister alone or jointly with relevant States and Territories, or the Minister can adopt a State or Territory plan. There must be public consultation and advice from the Scientific Committee about the plan, regardless of how it is made or adopted.
A Commonwealth agency must not take any action that contravenes a recovery plan or a threat abatement plan.
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the Commonwealth must implement a recovery plan or threat abatement plan to the extent to which it applies in Commonwealth areas.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 269A
(2) If a recovery plan or a threat abatement plan applies outside Commonwealth areas in a particular State or self-governing Territory, the Commonwealth must seek the co-operation of the State or Territory with a view to implementing the plan jointly with the State or Territory to the extent to which the plan applies in the State or Territory.
269A Making or adopting a recovery plan
Ensuring recovery plan is always in force
(1) The Minister must exercise his or her powers under this section to ensure that there is always in force a recovery plan for:
once the first recovery plan for the species or community has come into force.
Making a plan
(2) The Minister may make a written recovery plan for the purposes of the protection, conservation and management of:
Note: Section 273 requires recovery plans to be made and in force by certain deadlines.
Making a plan jointly with a State or Territory
(3) The Minister may make a written recovery plan for the purposes of the protection, conservation and management of a listed threatened species (except one that is extinct or is a conservation dependent species) or a listed threatened ecological community jointly with the States and self-governing Territories in which the species or community occurs, or with agencies of those States and Territories.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
Content of a plan
(4) The Minister must not make a recovery plan under subsection (2) or (3) unless the plan meets the requirements of section 270.
Prerequisites to making a plan
(5) Before making a recovery plan under subsection (2) or (3) for a listed threatened species or listed threatened ecological community, the Minister must:
(a) consult the appropriate Minister of each State and self-governing Territory in which the species or community occurs, with a view to:
unless the species or community occurs only in a Commonwealth area; and
Limits on making a plan
(6) The Minister must not make a recovery plan under subsection (2) for a species or ecological community that occurs wholly or partly outside a Commonwealth area unless the Minister is satisfied that it is not reasonably practicable to make the plan under subsection (3):
Adopting a State or Territory plan
(7) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, adopt as a recovery plan a plan made by a State, a self-governing Territory or an
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 270
agency of a State or self-governing Territory (whether or not the plan is in force in the State or Territory). The Minister may adopt the plan with such modifications as are specified in the instrument. This subsection has effect subject to section 277.
Note: Section 277 requires that:
Effect of adopting a plan
(8) A plan adopted under subsection (7) has effect as if it had been made under subsection (2) (whether it was adopted with modifications or not).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
(3) In making a recovery plan, regard must be had to:
270A Decision whether to have a threat abatement plan
Decision
(1) The Minister may at any time decide whether to have a threat abatement plan for a threatening process in the list of key
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 270A
threatening processes established under section 183. The Minister must do so:
Basis for decision
(2) The Minister must decide to have a threat abatement plan for the process if he or she believes that having and implementing a threat abatement plan is a feasible, effective and efficient way to abate the process. The Minister must decide not to have a threat abatement plan if he or she does not believe that.
Consultation before making a decision
(3) Before making a decision under this section, the Minister must:
on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process.
Consulting others
(4) Subsection (3) does not prevent the Minister from requesting any other person or body to give advice within a specified period on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process.
Request may be made before listing
(5) A request for advice on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
process may be made before or after the process is included in the list of key threatening processes established under section 183.
Time for giving advice
(6) The Minister must not make a decision whether to have a threat abatement plan for the process before the end of the period within which he or she has requested a person or body to give advice on the feasibility, effectiveness or efficiency of having and implementing a threat abatement plan to abate the process.
Considering views expressed in consultation
(7) When the Minister is making a decision under this section, he or she must consider the advice that a person or body gave on request within the period specified in the request.
Publishing decision and reasons
(8) The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations (if any):
Special rules for processes included in original list
(9) Subsections (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) do not apply in relation to a decision about a process included in the list under section 183 as first established.
270B Making or adopting a threat abatement plan
Application
(1) This section applies only if the Minister’s most recent decision under section 270A in relation to a key threatening process is to have a threat abatement plan for the process.
Note: Section 273 sets a deadline of 3 years from the decision for ensuring that a threat abatement plan is in force for the process.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 270B
Making a plan
(2) The Minister may make a written threat abatement plan for the purposes of reducing the effect of the process.
Making a plan jointly with a State or Territory
(3) The Minister may make a written threat abatement plan for the purposes of reducing the effect of the process, jointly with the States and self-governing Territories in which the process occurs or with agencies of those States and Territories.
Content of a plan
(4) The Minister must not make a threat abatement plan under subsection (2) or (3) unless the plan meets the requirements of section 271.
Prerequisites to making a plan
(5) Before making a threat abatement plan for the process under subsection (2) or (3), the Minister must:
Limits on making a plan
(6) The Minister must not make a threat abatement plan under subsection (2) for a process that occurs wholly or partly outside a Commonwealth area unless the Minister is satisfied that it is not reasonably practicable to make the plan:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
Adopting a State or Territory plan
(7) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, adopt as a threat abatement plan for the process a plan made by a State, a self-governing Territory or an agency of a State or self-governing Territory (whether or not the plan is in force in the State or Territory). The Minister may adopt the plan with such modifications as are specified in the instrument. This subsection has effect subject to section 277.
Note: Section 277 requires that:
Effect of adopting a plan
(8) A plan adopted under subsection (7) has effect as if it had been made under subsection (2), whether it was adopted with modifications or not.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 272
(3) In making a threat abatement plan, regard must be had to:
If:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
the recovery plan, or threat abatement plan, must require the Commonwealth to offer to provide stock of the species to that country before the eradication proceeds.
When a plan comes into force
(1A) A recovery plan or a threat abatement plan comes into force on the day on which it is made or adopted, or on a later day specified by the Minister in writing.
Recovery plan for species and communities in Commonwealth
areas only
(1) A recovery plan for a listed threatened species or listed threatened ecological community that occurs only in Commonwealth areas must be made and come into force:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 273
the remainder of the period allowed by section 36 of that Act for the preparation of the plan for that community; or
(d) in the case of a listed threatened ecological community (other than a community mentioned in paragraph (c)) in:
(iii) the vulnerable category—within 5 years after the community in question became included in that category.
Recovery plan for species and communities partly in Commonwealth areas
(2) A recovery plan for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community that occurs in and outside a Commonwealth area must be made:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
(iii) the vulnerable category—within 5 years after the community in question became included in that category.
Recovery plan for species and communities wholly outside Commonwealth areas
(3) A recovery plan for a listed threatened species or listed threatened ecological community that occurs only outside Commonwealth areas must be made as soon as reasonably practicable after the species or ecological community is included in the list referred to in section 178 or 181 (as appropriate).
Deadline for threat abatement plan
(4) A threat abatement plan for a key threatening process must be made and in force within 3 years of the decision under section 270A to have the plan.
Ensuring threat abatement plan is in force
(5) Once the first threat abatement plan for a key threatening process is in force, the Minister must exercise his or her powers under this Subdivision to ensure that a threat abatement plan is in force for the process until the Minister decides under section 270A not to have a threat abatement plan for the process.
Note: The Minister may revoke a threat abatement plan for a key threatening process if the Minister decides under section 270A not to have a threat abatement plan for the process. See section 283A.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 275
(3) In giving advice about a threat abatement plan, the Scientific Committee must take into account the following matters:
(1) Before making a recovery plan or threat abatement plan under this Subdivision, the Minister must:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
(iii) in any other way required by the regulations (if any).
The Minister:
(1) As soon as practicable after the Minister makes or adopts a recovery plan or a threat abatement plan under this Subdivision, the Minister must:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 279
(iii) in any other way required by the regulations (if any).
(2) The notice must:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
co-operation of that State or Territory, or that agency, with a view to varying the plan.
(7) Sections 275, 276 and 278 apply to the variation of a plan in the same way that those sections apply to the making of a recovery plan or threat abatement plan.
(1) If a State or self-governing Territory varies a plan that:
threat abatement plan; the variation is of no effect for the purposes of this Act unless it is approved by the Minister.
(1) The Commonwealth may give to a State or self-governing Territory, or to an agency of a State or a self-governing Territory,
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 282
financial assistance, and any other assistance, to make or implement a recovery plan or a threat abatement plan.
(a) the degree of threat that the key threatening process in question poses to the survival in nature of species and ecological communities;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
283A Revoking a threat abatement plan
The Secretary must include in each annual report a report on the making and adoption under this Subdivision of each recovery plan and threat abatement plan during the year to which the report relates.
Subdivision B—Wildlife conservation plans
(1) Subject to this section, the Minister may make, by instrument in writing, and implement a wildlife conservation plan for the
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 285
purposes of the protection, conservation and management of the following:
wildlife conservation plan unless the species occurs only in a Commonwealth area.
(6) Before making a wildlife conservation plan under subsection (1) or (5), the Minister must:
(a) consider the advice of the Scientific Committee given under section 289; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
(b) consult about the plan in accordance with sections 290 and
291.
(7) A wildlife conservation plan comes into force on the day on which it is made or adopted, or on such later day as the Minister specifies in writing.
A Commonwealth agency must take all reasonable steps to act in accordance with a wildlife conservation plan.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 288
(3) In making a wildlife conservation plan, regard must be had to:
If:
habitat occurs; the wildlife conservation plan must require the Commonwealth to offer to provide stock of the species to that country before the eradication proceeds.
(1) The Minister may seek advice from the Scientific Committee on the need for wildlife conservation plans and the order in which they should be made.
(1A) The Scientific Committee may advise the Minister on its own initiative to make a wildlife conservation plan for a specified species described in subsection 285(1).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 291
The Minister:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
(1) If a State or self-governing Territory varies a plan that:
plan; the variation is of no effect for the purposes of this Act unless it is approved by the Minister.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 5 Plans
Section 296
A wildlife conservation plan made or adopted under this Subdivision may deal with all or any of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Plans Division 5
(d) one or more conservation dependent species.
The Secretary must include in each annual report a report on the making and adoption under section 285 of each wildlife conservation plan during the year to which the report relates.
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
If:
conservation dependent species); the wildlife conservation plan ceases to have effect in relation to the species on and from the day on which a recovery plan takes effect for the species.
300A State and Territory laws not affected
Sections 269A, 270A, 270B, 273 and 285 do not exclude or limit the concurrent operation of a law of a State or self-governing Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 6 Access to biological resources
Section 301
Division 6—Access to biological resources
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Control of non-native species Division 6A
Division 6A—Control of non-native species
301A Regulations for control of non-native species
The regulations may:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 7 Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries
Section 302
Division 7—Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries
On behalf of the Commonwealth, the Minister may give financial assistance to the governments of foreign countries and organisations in foreign countries to help the recovery and conservation, in those countries, of species covered by international agreements to which Australia is a party.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Miscellaneous Division 8
Division 8—Miscellaneous
303A Exemptions from this Part
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13 Species and communities Division 8 Miscellaneous
Section 303A
(7) Within 10 business days after making the notice, the Minister must:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Introduction Division 1
Part 13A—International movement of wildlife specimens
Division 1—Introduction
303BA Objects of Part
(1) The objects of this Part are as follows:
Note: CITES means the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species—see section 528.
(2) In order to achieve its objects, this Part includes special provisions to conserve the biodiversity of Australian native wildlife.
303BAA Certain indigenous rights not affected
To avoid doubt, nothing in this Part prevents an indigenous person from continuing in accordance with law the traditional use of an area for:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 1 Introduction
Section 303BB
(c) ceremonial or religious purposes.
303BB Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Part:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Introduction Division 1
303BC Definitions
In this Part, unless the contrary intention appears:
eligible listed threatened species means a listed threatened species other than a species in the conservation dependent category.
engage in conduct means:
export means:
export from the sea, in relation to a specimen, means take in a Commonwealth marine area and then take out of that area to another country without bringing into Australia or into an external Territory.
import means:
import by way of introduction from the sea, in relation to a specimen, means take in the marine environment not under the jurisdiction of any country and then bring into Australia or into an external Territory without having been imported into any other country.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 1 Introduction
Section 303BC
marine environment means the sea, and includes:
recipient means:
relevant CITES authority, in relation to a country, means:
sender, in relation to a specimen that is imported into Australia or an external Territory, means the person in the country from which the specimen is imported who exports it from that country to Australia or to that Territory, as the case may be.
take includes:
trade means trade within the ordinary meaning of that expression. Note: See also section 528.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
Division 2—CITES species
Subdivision A—CITES species and CITES specimens
303CA Listing of CITES species
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CB
Note: See also section 303CB.
303CB Stricter domestic measures
(1) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, declare that the list referred to in section 303CA has effect as if it were modified as set out in the declaration.
Note: For variation and revocation, see subsection 33(3) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
(2) The Minister must not make a declaration under subsection (1) unless:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
Subdivision B—Offences and permit system
303CC Exports of CITES specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Authorised export—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is exported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303CG, 303GB or 303GC and is in force.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CD
Authorised export—CITES exemptions
Note 1: See paragraph 3 of Article VII of CITES.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2), (3), (4) and (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303CD Imports of CITES specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Authorised import—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is imported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303CG, 303GB or 303GC and is in force.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
Authorised import—CITES exemptions
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if the import of the specimen is an import that, under the regulations, is taken to be an import of a personal or household effect.
Note: See paragraph 3 of Article VII of CITES.
(a) the country from which the specimen is proposed to be imported has a relevant CITES authority; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CE
(b) a relevant CITES authority of that country has issued a certificate under paragraph 2 of Article VII of CITES in respect of the specimen.
Note 1: Paragraph 2 of Article VII of CITES deals with a specimen that was acquired before the provisions of CITES applied to the specimen.
Note 2: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303CE Applications for permits
303CF Further information
303CG Minister may issue permits
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
(3) The Minister must not issue a permit unless the Minister is satisfied that:
(i) the permit authorises the import of a CITES II specimen; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CH
(ii) the proposed import would be an eligible non-commercial purpose import (within the meaning of section 303FB);
the country from which the specimen is proposed to be imported has a relevant CITES authority and permission to export the specimen from that country has been given by a relevant CITES authority of that country; and
Note: Section 303GA deals with controlled actions, and actions for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
303CH Specific conditions relating to the export or import of CITES specimens for commercial purposes
The following table sets out the conditions mentioned in paragraphs 303CG(3)(e) and (f):
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
Specific conditions
Item | Category of specimen | Action | Specific conditions |
---|---|---|---|
1 | CITES I | Import | (a) the proposed import would be an import from an approved CITES-registered captive breeding program in accordance with section 303FK; or |
(b) the specimen is, or is derived from, a plant | |||
that was artificially propagated (section 527C). | |||
2 | CITES I | Export | (a) the specimen is not a live native mammal, a live native amphibian, a live native reptile or a live native bird; and |
(b) the country to which the specimen is proposed to be exported has a relevant CITES authority, and permission to import that specimen into that country has been given by a relevant | |||
CITES authority of that country; and (c) the proposed export would be an export from: | |||
(i) an approved CITES-registered captive | |||
breeding program in accordance with | |||
section 303FK; or | |||
(ii) an approved artificial propagation | |||
program in accordance with | |||
section 303FL. |
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CH
Specific conditions
Item | Category of specimen | Action | Specific conditions |
---|---|---|---|
3 | CITES II | Import | (a) the country from which the specimen is proposed to be imported has a relevant CITES authority and permission to export the specimen from that country has been given by a relevant CITES authority of that country; and |
(b) any of the following subparagraphs applies: | |||
(i) the proposed import of the specimen | |||
would be an import from an approved | |||
commercial import program in | |||
accordance with section 303FU; | |||
(ii) the specimen is, or is derived from, an | |||
animal that was bred in captivity | |||
(section 527B); | |||
(iii) the specimen is, or is derived from, a | |||
plant that was artificially propagated | |||
(section 527C). | |||
4 | CITES II | Export | (a) the specimen is not a live native mammal, a live native amphibian, a live native reptile or a live native bird; and |
(b) the proposed export of the specimen would be: | |||
(i) an export from an approved captive | |||
breeding program in accordance with | |||
section 303FK; or | |||
(ii) an export from an approved artificial | |||
propagation program in accordance | |||
with section 303FL; or | |||
(iii) an export in accordance with an | |||
approved wildlife trade operation | |||
(section 303FN); or | |||
(iv) an export in accordance with an | |||
approved wildlife trade management | |||
plan (section 303FO). |
CITES III Import The country from which the specimen is proposed to be imported has a relevant CITES authority, and permission to export the specimen from that country has been given by a relevant CITES authority of that country.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
Specific conditions
Item | Category of | Action | Specific conditions |
specimen | |||
6 | CITES III | Export | (a) the specimen is not a live native mammal, a live native amphibian, a live native reptile or a |
live native bird; and | |||
(b) the proposed export of the specimen would be: | |||
(i) an export from an approved captive | |||
breeding program in accordance with | |||
section 303FK; or | |||
(ii) an export from an approved artificial | |||
propagation program in accordance | |||
with section 303FL; or | |||
(iii) an export in accordance with an | |||
approved wildlife trade operation | |||
(section 303FN); or | |||
(iv) an export in accordance with an | |||
approved wildlife trade management | |||
plan (section 303FO). |
303CI Time limit for making permit decision
If an application for a permit is made under section 303CE, the Minister must either issue, or refuse to issue, the permit within 40 business days after whichever is the latest of the following days:
303CJ Duration of permits
A permit under section 303CG:
(i) a period of 6 months beginning on the date on which it is issued; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 2 CITES species
Section 303CK
(ii) if a shorter period is specified in the permit—that shorter period.
303CK Register of applications and decisions
Subdivision C—Application of CITES
303CL Application of CITES—Management Authority and Scientific Authority
For the purposes of the application of CITES to Australia:
303CM Interpretation of CITES provisions
(1) Except so far as the contrary intention appears, an expression that:
particular meaning is assigned to it by, CITES); has, in the CITES provisions, the same meaning as it has in CITES.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the CITES provisions consist of:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A CITES species Division 2
303CN Resolutions of the Conference of the Parties to CITES
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DA
Division 3—Exports of regulated native specimens
Subdivision A—Regulated native specimens
303DA Regulated native specimens
For the purposes of this Act, a regulated native specimen is a specimen that:
303DB Listing of exempt native specimens
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
303DC Minister may amend list
(1) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, amend the list referred to in section 303DB by:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DC
(1A) In deciding whether to amend the list referred to in section 303DB to include a specimen derived from a commercial fishery, the Minister must rely primarily on the outcomes of any assessment in relation to the fishery carried out for the purposes of Division 1 or 2 of Part 10.
(1B) Subsection (1A) does not apply to an amendment mentioned in paragraph (1)(e).
(1C) Subsection (1A) does not limit the matters that may be taken into account in deciding whether to amend the list referred to in section 303DB to include a specimen derived from a commercial fishery.
(1D) In this section:
fishery has the same meaning as in section 303FN.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
Subdivision B—Offence and permit system
303DD Exports of regulated native specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Exemption—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is exported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303CG, 303DG, 303GB or 303GC and is in force.
Exemption—accredited wildlife trade management plan
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
reptile, a live native amphibian or a live native bird; and (ba) either:
Exemption—exchange of scientific specimens
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply if the export of the specimen is an export that, in accordance with a determination made by the
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DE
Minister under the regulations, is taken to be part of a registered, non-commercial exchange of scientific specimens between scientific organisations.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2), (3) and (4) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
303DE Applications for permits
303DF Further information
303DG Minister may issue permits
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
(3A) The Minister must not issue a permit authorising the export of a live terrestrial invertebrate, or a live freshwater fish, prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of paragraph 303DD(3)(ba) unless the Minister is satisfied that:
(4) The Minister must not issue a permit unless the Minister is satisfied that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DG
Eligible listed threatened species
(7) This subsection covers the export of a specimen if:
and the export of the specimen will not adversely affect the conservation status of the species concerned. Note: See also subsection (3).
(8) This subsection covers the export of a specimen if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Exports of regulated native specimens Division 3
Section has effect subject to section 303GA
(9) This section has effect subject to section 303GA.
Note: Section 303GA deals with controlled actions, and actions for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
303DH Time limit for making permit decision
If an application for a permit is made under section 303DE, the Minister must either issue, or refuse to issue, the permit within 40 business days after whichever is the latest of the following days:
303DI Duration of permits
A permit under section 303DG:
303DJ Register of applications and decisions
(1) As soon as practicable after the commencement of this section, the Minister must cause to be established a register that sets out:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 3 Exports of regulated native specimens
Section 303DJ
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
Division 4—Imports of regulated live specimens
Subdivision A—Regulated live specimens
303EA Regulated live specimens
For the purposes of this Act, a regulated live specimen is a specimen that:
303EB Listing of specimens suitable for live import
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EC
303EC Minister may amend list
(1) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, amend the list referred to in section 303EB by:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
Subdivision B—Assessments relating to the amendment of the list of specimens suitable for import
303ED Amendment of list on the Minister’s own initiative
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EE
303EE Application for amendment of list
303EF Requirement for assessments
An assessment under subsection 303ED(2) or 303EE(2) must provide for:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
303EG Timing of decision about proposed amendment
(1) If the Minister receives a report under section 303ED or 303EE in relation to a proposed amendment, the Minister must decide whether or not to make the proposed amendment within:
longer period; after the first business day after the day on which the report was received.
Notice of extension of time
(2) If the Minister specifies a longer period for the purposes of subsection (1), he or she must:
303EH Requesting further information
(1) If:
the Minister may request the applicant to give the Minister, within the period specified in the request, information relevant to making the decision.
(2) The Minister may refuse to consider the application until the applicant gives the Minister the information in accordance with the request.
303EI Notice of refusal of proposed amendment
If section 303EE applies and the Minister refuses to make the proposed amendment, the Minister must give the applicant notice of the refusal.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EJ
303EJ Reviews
If, following consideration of a relevant report under section 303ED or 303EE, the Minister has made a decision to include, or refusing to include, an item in the list referred to in section 303EB, the Minister may review that decision at any time during the period of 5 years after the decision was made.
Subdivision C—Offence and permit system
303EK Imports of regulated live specimens
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 10 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Exemption—permit
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
Exemption—testing permit
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if the specimen is imported in accordance with a permit that was issued under section 303GD and is in force.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsections (2) and (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
303EL Applications for permits
303EM Further information
303EN Minister may issue permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EO
(4) This section has effect subject to section 303GA.
Note: Section 303GA deals with controlled actions, and actions for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
303EO Time limit for making permit decision
If an application for a permit is made under section 303EL, the Minister must either issue, or refuse to issue, the permit within 40 business days after whichever is the latest of the following days:
303EP Duration of permits
A permit under section 303EN:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
303EQ Register of applications and decisions
Subdivision D—Marking of certain specimens for the purposes of identification
303ER Object
The object of this Subdivision is:
wild fauna and flora of Australia and of other countries; by requiring the marking of certain live specimens for the purposes of identification.
Note: See Article 8 of the Biodiversity Convention.
303ES Specimens to which Subdivision applies
This Subdivision applies to a regulated live specimen if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303ET
303ET Extended meaning of marking
A reference in this Subdivision to the marking of a specimen includes a reference to the following:
(iii) the placement (whether by piercing or otherwise) of a tag or ring on any part of the animal; and
(iv) the marking or labelling of a container within which the animal is kept.
303EU Secretary may make determinations about marking of specimens
Determinations
(1) The Secretary may make a written determination about the marking of specified kinds of specimens for the purposes of identification.
Matters that may be covered by determination
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), a determination by the Secretary under that subsection may:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Imports of regulated live specimens Division 4
Marking of animals not to involve undue pain etc.
(3) In the case of a live animal, a determination under subsection (1) must not require marking that involves:
Marking of plants not to involve undue risk of death
(4) In the case of a live plant, a determination under subsection (1) must not require marking that involves undue risk of the death of the plant.
Disallowable instrument
(5) A determination under subsection (1) is a disallowable instrument for the purposes of section 46A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
303EV Offences
Owner to ensure specimens marked etc.
(1) If a determination under section 303EU applies to a specimen, the owner of the specimen must comply with the determination.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 4 Imports of regulated live specimens
Section 303EW
Person not to remove or interfere with mark etc.
(2) A person contravenes this subsection if:
Offence
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (4). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(5) In subsections (1) and (2), strict liability applies to the circumstance that a determination was made under section 303EU.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
303EW This Subdivision does not limit conditions of permits
This Subdivision does not limit section 303GE (which deals with conditions of permits).
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
Division 5—Concepts relating to permit criteria
Subdivision A—Non-commercial purpose exports and imports
303FA Eligible non-commercial purpose exports
For the purposes of this Part, the export of a specimen is an eligible non-commercial purpose export if, and only if:
303FB Eligible non-commercial purpose imports
For the purposes of this Part, the import of a specimen is an eligible non-commercial purpose import if, and only if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FC
303FC Export or import for the purposes of research
(i) the acquisition of a better understanding, and/or increased knowledge, of a taxon to which the specimen belongs;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
(ii) the conservation of biodiversity;
(iii) the maintenance and/or improvement of human health; and
303FD Export or import for the purposes of education
303FE Export or import for the purposes of exhibition
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FF
(3) In this section:
exhibition includes a zoo or menagerie.
303FF Export or import for conservation breeding or propagation
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FG Export or import of household pets
Export of live native animals
(1) The export of a live native animal (other than a CITES specimen) is an export of a household pet in accordance with this section if:
Export of live CITES specimens
(2) The export of a CITES specimen is an export of a household pet in accordance with this section if:
Import of live animals
(3) The import of a live animal is an import of a household pet in accordance with this section if:
Listing of native household pet animals
(4) The Minister must, by instrument published in the Gazette, establish a list of native household pet animals.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FH
303FH Export or import of personal items
303FI Export or import for the purposes of a travelling exhibition
(1) The export of a specimen is an export for the purposes of a travelling exhibition in accordance with this section if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
(2) The import of a specimen is an import for the purposes of a travelling exhibition in accordance with this section if:
Subdivision B—Commercial purpose exports and imports
303FJ Eligible commercial purpose exports
For the purposes of this Part, the export of a specimen is an eligible commercial purpose export if, and only if:
Note: See also subsection 303DD(3), which deals with accredited wildlife trade management plans.
303FK Export or import from an approved captive breeding program
(1) The export of a specimen is an export from an approved captive breeding program in accordance with this section if the specimen was sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved captive breeding program.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FL
303FL Export from an approved artificial propagation program
The export of a specimen is an export from an approved artificial propagation program in accordance with this section if the specimen was sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved artificial propagation program.
303FM Export from an approved aquaculture program
The export of a specimen is an export from an approved aquaculture program in accordance with this section if the specimen was sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved aquaculture program.
303FN Approved wildlife trade operation
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
(ba) the operation will not be likely to threaten any relevant ecosystem including (but not limited to) any habitat or biodiversity; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FN
(10A) In deciding whether to declare that a commercial fishery is an approved wildlife trade operation for the purposes of this section, the Minister must rely primarily on the outcomes of any assessment in relation to the fishery carried out for the purposes of Division 1 or 2 of Part 10.
(10B) Subsection (10A) does not limit the matters that may be taken into account in deciding whether to declare that a fishery is an approved wildlife trade operation for the purposes of this section.
(11) In this section:
fish includes all species of bony fish, sharks, rays, crustaceans, molluscs and other marine organisms, but does not include marine mammals or marine reptiles.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
fishery means a class of activities by way of fishing, including activities identified by reference to all or any of the following:
303FO Approved wildlife trade management plan
(iii) the threats to the species to which the plan relates; and
(iv) the impacts of the activities covered by the plan on the habitat or relevant ecosystems; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FO
(c) the plan includes management controls directed towards ensuring that the impacts of the activities covered by the plan on:
(iii) any relevant ecosystem (for example, impacts on habitat
or biodiversity); are ecologically sustainable; and
(4) In deciding whether to declare a plan under subsection (2), the Minister must have regard to:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
(c) whether, in the opinion of the Minister, the legislation is effective.
303FP Accredited wildlife trade management plan
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FP
(a) prejudice substantially the commercial interests of a person; or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
(b) be detrimental to:
303FQ Consultation with State and Territory agencies
Before making a declaration under section 303FO or 303FP, the Minister must consult a relevant agency of each State and self-governing Territory affected by the declaration.
303FR Public consultation
303FRA Assessments
(1) The regulations may prescribe an assessment process that is to be used for the purposes of sections 303FN, 303FO and 303FP to assess the potential impacts on the environment of:
(a) a wildlife trade operation; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FS
(b) the activities covered by a plan;
where the operation is, or the activities are, likely to have a significant impact on the environment.
(2) If regulations made for the purposes of subsection (1) apply to a wildlife trade operation or to a plan, the Minister must not declare:
been followed in relation to the assessment of the operation or plan, as the case may be.
modifications includes additions, omissions and substitutions.
wildlife trade operation has the same meaning as in subsection 303FN(10), but does not include an operation mentioned in paragraph 303FN(10)(d).
303FS Register of declarations
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Concepts relating to permit criteria Division 5
303FT Additional provisions relating to declarations
In such a case, the instrument of declaration is to specify the period, circumstances or condition.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 5 Concepts relating to permit criteria
Section 303FU
303FU Approved commercial import program
The import of a specimen is an import from an approved commercial import program in accordance with this section if the specimen is sourced from a program that, under the regulations, is taken to be an approved commercial import program.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Division 6—Miscellaneous
303GA Permit decision—controlled action, and action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required
(1) This section applies if:
(iii) the proposed action is an action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required; or
(iv) the proposed action is related to an action (the related action) that is an action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required.
Deferral of decision
(2) The Minister must neither issue, nor refuse to issue, the first permit before whichever is the latest of the following days:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GA
controlled action—the day on which the Minister makes a decision under section 133 approving, or refusing to approve, the taking of the controlled action;
Refusal of permit
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Action for which a non-Part 13A permit is required
Related action
303GB Exceptional circumstances permit
(1) If:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GB
(iii) the export or import of the specimen, as the case may
be, would not adversely affect biodiversity; the Minister may issue a permit to the person.
(1A) The Minister must not issue a permit under this section unless the grant of that permit would not be contrary to CITES.
(2) A permit under this section authorises the holder of the permit to take the action or actions specified in the permit without breaching section 303CC, 303CD, 303DD or 303EK.
Duration of permit
Further information
(5) The Minister may, within 40 business days after an application is made as mentioned in subsection (1), request the applicant to give the Minister, within the period specified in the request, further
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
information for the purpose of enabling the Minister to deal with the application.
(6) The Minister may refuse to consider the application until the applicant gives the Minister the information in accordance with the request.
Public consultation
303GC Permit authorising the Secretary to export or import specimens
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GC
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
303GD Testing permit—section 303EE assessments
Applications for permits
Further information
Minister may issue permits
(a) the person has made an application to the Minister under section 303EE for the list referred to in section 303EB to be amended by including an item; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GE
(8) The Minister must not issue a permit under this section unless the permit is subject to one or more conditions about holding the specimen in quarantine.
Duration of permit
(9) A permit under this section:
Investigations
(10) A reference in this section to tests on the specimen includes a reference to investigations relating to the specimen.
303GE Conditions of permits
(1) This section applies to a permit issued under this Part.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
303GF Contravening conditions of a permit
Penalty: 300 penalty units.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GF
(3) The holder of a permit is guilty of an offence if:
(iii) the release from captivity of a live animal; or
Penalty: 600 penalty units.
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), a person is taken to have released an animal from captivity if:
(4A) For the purposes of subsection (3), a person is taken to have allowed a plant to escape if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(5) In subsections (2) and (3), strict liability applies to the circumstance that the person was given an authority under section 303GG.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
303GG Authorities under permits
303GH Transfer of permits
(1) This section applies to a permit issued under this Part.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GI
303GI Suspension or cancellation of permits
303GJ Review of decisions
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
the Tribunal who, in the opinion of the President, has special knowledge or skill in relation to environmental matters.
(3) In this section:
permit means a permit under this Part.
Tribunal means:
303GK Permit to be produced
Export permit
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GL
Import permit
(3) For the purposes of this Part, if the holder of a permit to import a specimen imports that specimen, he or she is not to be taken to have imported that specimen in accordance with that permit unless, before or within a reasonable time after importing the specimen, he or she produced the permit, or caused the permit to be produced, to an authorised officer doing duty in relation to the import of the specimen.
Authorities under section 303GG
(4) If a person is given an authority under section 303GG by the holder of a permit, this section applies to the person in a corresponding way to the way in which it applies to the holder of the permit.
303GL Pre-CITES certificate to be produced
Export certificate
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Import certificate
(3) If a person imports a specimen and wishes to rely on a certificate referred to in paragraph 303CD(6)(b), he or she is not entitled to rely on the certificate unless, before or within a reasonable time after importing the specimen, he or she produced the certificate, or caused the certificate to be produced, to an authorised officer doing duty in relation to the import of the specimen.
303GM Fees
303GN Possession of illegally imported specimens
Object
(1) The object of this section is:
the progeny of such specimens. Note: See Article 8 of the Biodiversity Convention.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GN
Possession of CITES specimens and unlisted regulated live specimens
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
referred to in section 303EB; and the person is reckless as to that fact; and
(c) the specimen does not belong to a native species.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 5 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: | For lawfully imported, see section 303GY. |
Note 2: | The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in |
subsection (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code). |
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsection (4) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(5) Subsection (2) does not apply if the defendant has a reasonable excuse.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (5) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Possession of listed regulated live specimens
(6) A person is guilty of an offence if:
(a) the person has in the person’s possession, in the Australian jurisdiction, a specimen; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
Penalty: Imprisonment for 5 years or 1,000 penalty units, or both.
(7) Subsection (6) does not apply if the defendant has a reasonable excuse.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (7) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Unlawfully imported
(8) For the purposes of this section, a specimen is unlawfully imported if, and only if, it was imported, but was not lawfully imported (section 303GY).
303GO Regulations relating to welfare
(i) injury to the animal; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GP
(ii) adverse effects on the health of the animal; or
(iii) cruel treatment of the animal.
303GP Cruelty—export or import of animals
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(d) the person contravenes section 303DD in relation to the export of the animal.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(3) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(4) This section does not limit section 303GE.
303GQ Imports of specimens contrary to the laws of a foreign country
(1) A person must not intentionally import a specimen if the person knows that:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 5 years.
(2) A prosecution must not be instituted for an offence against this section unless a relevant CITES authority of the foreign country has requested:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GR
303GR Evidence
303GS Evidence of examiner
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(iii) measures taken to secure any retained quantity of the
substance, matter, specimen or thing after analysis; is admissible in any proceeding for an offence against this Part as prima facie evidence of the matters in the certificate and the correctness of the results of the analysis.
proceedings; has, at least 14 days before the certificate is sought to be admitted, been given a copy of the certificate together with reasonable notice of the intention to produce the certificate as evidence in the proceedings.
(5) Subject to subsection (6), if, under subsection (2), a certificate is admitted in evidence in proceedings for an offence against this Part, the person charged with the offence may require the person giving the certificate to be called as a witness for the prosecution
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GT
and cross-examined as if he or she had given evidence of the matters stated in the certificate.
303GT Protection of witness
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
303GU Forms and declarations—persons arriving in Australia or an external Territory
The regulations may provide for forms to be completed, or declarations to be made, in relation to specimens by persons arriving in Australia or an external Territory.
303GV Saving of other laws
303GW Part not to apply to certain specimens
Transhipment
(1) For the purposes of this Part, if a specimen is brought into Australia from a country:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GW
Emergency
(5) For the purposes of this Part, if:
(a) the Minister, the Director of Animal and Plant Quarantine, a prescribed person or a prescribed organisation is satisfied that, in order to meet an emergency involving danger to the life or health of a human or an animal, it is necessary or desirable that a specimen that could be used in treating that
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
person or animal should be sent out of, or brought into,
Australia or an external Territory; and
(b) that specimen is sent out of, or brought into, Australia or that
Territory, as the case requires, to meet that emergency; that specimen is taken not to have been exported or imported, as the case may be.
Quarantine
(6) Subject to subsections (1), (2) and (5), if, in accordance with the Quarantine Act 1908 or a law of an external Territory relating to quarantine, a person exercising powers under that Act or law imports a specimen that is subject to quarantine, then, for the purposes of this Part, that specimen is taken to have been imported by:
but this subsection does not affect the commission of any offence committed before the importation of that specimen.
Definitions
(7) In this section:
aircraft’s stores and ship’s stores have the same meanings respectively as they have in Part VII of the Customs Act 1901.
303GX Part not to apply to certain specimens used by traditional inhabitants
(1) In this section:
area in the vicinity of the Protected Zone means an area in respect of which a notice is in force under subsection (2).
Australian place means a place in Australia that is in the Protected Zone or in an area in the vicinity of the Protected Zone.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 13A International movement of wildlife specimens Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 303GX
Papua New Guinea place means a place in Papua New Guinea that is in the Protected Zone or in an area in the vicinity of the Protected Zone.
prescribed specimen means a specimen of a kind specified in a notice in force under subsection (3).
Protected Zone means the zone established under Article 10 of the Torres Strait Treaty, being the area bounded by the line described in Annex 9 to that treaty.
Torres Strait Treaty means the Treaty between Australia and the Independent State of Papua New Guinea that was signed at Sydney on 18 December 1978.
traditional activities has the same meaning as in the Torres Strait Treaty.
traditional inhabitants has the same meaning as in the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 International movement of wildlife specimens Part 13A Miscellaneous Division 6
(5) If:
the prescribed specimen is taken to have been imported into Australia upon being brought to the place referred to in paragraph (b).
303GY When a specimen is lawfully imported
For the purposes of this Part, a specimen is lawfully imported if, and only if, it was imported and:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 304
Part 14—Conservation agreements
The object of this Part is to provide for:
or both of those things. They may relate to private or public land, or to marine areas.
(1) The Minister may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, enter into an agreement (a conservation agreement) with a person for the protection and conservation of all or any of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 305
(1A) The protection and conservation of the matters in subsection (1) include all or any of the following:
(iii) the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place; or
(iv) the Commonwealth Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place.
Note: When the Minister is considering entering into a conservation agreement, the Minister must take into account any responsibilities of other Commonwealth Ministers that may be affected by the agreement.
(2) However, the Minister must not enter into a conservation agreement unless satisfied that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 305
indigenous persons. This does not limit subsection (1).
(6) The Minister must take account of the following when entering into a conservation agreement that is wholly or partly for the protection and conservation of biodiversity as described in subsection (5):
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 306
(1) Without limiting section 305, a conservation agreement may provide, for example, for all or any of the following:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 306
(2) Without limiting section 305 or subsection (1) of this section, a conservation agreement entered into with the owner of a place may provide, for example, for all or any of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 307
A conservation agreement is legally binding on:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 309
Note: See Parts 17 and 18 for remedies for breach of conservation agreements.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Conservation agreements Part 14
Section 310
of the agreement or variation, or the part of the agreement or variation, as the case may be, would result in harm being done to:
The Minister must:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 14 Conservation agreements
Section 311
The Minister must not, in exercising powers on behalf of the Commonwealth under this Part, give preference to one State or any part thereof within the meaning of section 99 of the Constitution.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
Part 15—Protected areas
Division 1—Managing World Heritage properties Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 313 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Commonwealth may submit a property for inclusion in the World Heritage List only after seeking the agreement of relevant States, self-governing Territories and land-holders.
The Minister must make plans for managing properties on the World Heritage List that are entirely in Commonwealth areas. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene such plans.
The Commonwealth must try to prepare and implement management plans for other properties on the World Heritage List, in co-operation with the relevant States and self-governing Territories.
The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies have duties relating to World Heritage properties in States and Territories.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the protection or conservation of declared World Heritage properties.
Note: Section 12 prohibits an action that has a significant impact on the world heritage values of a declared World Heritage property, unless the person taking the action has the approval of the Minister administering that section or certain other requirements are met.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 314
Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on World Heritage listing
314 Special provisions relating to World Heritage nominations
Subdivision C—Notice of submission of property for listing
315 Minister must give notice of submission of property for listing etc.
(1) The Minister must give notice in the Gazette and in the way (if any) prescribed by the regulations of any of the following events as soon as practicable after the event occurs:
(a) the Commonwealth submits a property to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World Heritage List;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
Subdivision D—Plans for listed World Heritage properties in Commonwealth areas
316 Making plans
Minister must make plan
(1) The Minister must make a written plan for managing a property that is included in the World Heritage List and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable after the property:
Amending and replacing plan
(2) The Minister may make a written plan amending, or revoking and replacing, a plan made under subsection (1) or this subsection.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 316
Requirements for plan
(3) A plan must not be inconsistent with:
Note: Section 323 explains what Australian World Heritage management principles are.
Ensuring plans reflect current management principles
(4) If the Australian World Heritage management principles change so that a plan (the earlier plan) is inconsistent with them, the Minister must make another plan:
Plan may be in same document as another plan
(5) To avoid doubt, a plan under this section for a property may be in the same document as:
Commonwealth reserves
(6) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a property as is in a Commonwealth reserve.
Note: A management plan must be prepared under Division 4 for a Commonwealth reserve, taking account of Australia’s obligations under the World Heritage Convention.
Heard Island and McDonald Islands
(7) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a property as is in the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands and covered by a plan:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
317 Notice of plans
The Minister must give notice of the making of a plan under section 316, in accordance with the regulations.
318 Commonwealth compliance with plans
319 Review of plans every 5 years
Note: Section 323 explains what Australian World Heritage management principles are.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 320
Subdivision E—Managing World Heritage properties in States and self-governing Territories
320 Application
This Subdivision applies in relation to a property that:
321 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans
Note: The Commonwealth and the State or Territory could make a bilateral agreement adopting the plan and providing for its implementation.
322 Commonwealth responsibilities
(a) the World Heritage Convention; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing World Heritage properties Division 1
Subdivision F—Australian World Heritage management principles
323 Australian World Heritage management principles
cultural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage Convention.
natural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage Convention.
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting World Heritage properties
324 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared World Heritage properties
(1) The Commonwealth may give financial or other assistance for the protection or conservation of a declared World Heritage property to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1 Managing World Heritage properties
Section 324
(2) The giving of assistance may be made subject to such conditions as the Minister thinks fit.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Division 1A—Managing National Heritage places Subdivision A—Preliminary 324A Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister may only include a place in the National Heritage List if the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more National Heritage values.
The Minister must ask the Australian Heritage Council for an assessment of the place’s National Heritage values and may invite public comments on the proposed inclusion of the place in the National Heritage List.
The Minister must make plans to protect and manage the National Heritage values of National Heritage places. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene those plans.
The Commonwealth must try to prepare and implement plans for managing other National Heritage places, in co-operation with the States and self-governing Territories.
The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies have duties relating to National Heritage places in States and Territories.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the identification, promotion, protection or conservation of National Heritage places.
Note: Section 15B prohibits an action that has a significant
impact on the National Heritage values of a National
Heritage place, unless the person taking the action has
the approval of the Minister or certain other
requirements are met.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324B
324B Extension to places etc. outside the Australian jurisdiction
This Division extends to places, acts and omissions outside the Australian jurisdiction, except so far as the contrary intention appears.
Subdivision B—The National Heritage List
324C The National Heritage List
(1) The Minister must keep a written record of places and their heritage values in accordance with this Subdivision. The record is called the National Heritage List.
Note: Later provisions of this Subdivision explain what places and heritage values are included in the National Heritage List.
(2) A place may be included in the National Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more National Heritage values. A place that is included in the National Heritage List is called a National Heritage place.
324D Meaning of National Heritage values
The regulations may prescribe criteria for other heritage values of places.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(4) To avoid doubt, a criterion prescribed by the regulations may relate to one or more of the following:
324E Nominations of places
(3A) Within 10 business days after giving the request to the Chair of the Australian Heritage Council, the Minister must publish on the Internet a brief description of the nomination.
Note: Section 324Q may affect the amount of detail in the description.
(4) The Minister may:
within that period. The period specified must be reasonable.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324F
(7A) If the place is wholly or partly in a foreign country, the Minister must inform the following of the fact that the nomination has been made, unless the Minister rejects the nomination under this section:
324F Emergency listing
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
not the Minister has, under this Subdivision, given the Chair of the Australian Heritage Council a written request for the Council to assess under section 324G whether the place meets any of the National Heritage criteria.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324G
(c) give reasons why the Minister has not done so to the person
and to anyone who requests them. This subsection has effect (despite subsection (1)) whether or not the Minister has the belief described in that subsection in relation to the place and its heritage values (if any).
324G Assessments by the Australian Heritage Council
(2A) If the Australian Heritage Council does not give the Minister the assessment within the period required by subsection (2) but makes all reasonable efforts to do so, the Minister may, by notice in writing, extend the period by up to 24 months.
(2B) If the Australian Heritage Council does not give the Minister the assessment within the period as extended under subsection (2A) but makes all reasonable efforts to do so, the Minister may, by notice in writing, further extend the period by up to 24 months.
(2C) Within 10 business days of extending the period by notice under subsection (2A) or (2B), the Minister must:
(a) publish on the Internet:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(b) give a copy of the notice to each person (if any) who nominated the place being covered by the assessment.
(3) The Australian Heritage Council, on its own initiative, may assess whether a place wholly in the Australian jurisdiction meets any of the National Heritage criteria, whether or not the place is the subject of a nomination. If the Council does so, it may give the assessment to the Minister.
Requirements relating to assessments generally
(3A) Before giving the Minister an assessment under this section whether a place meets any of the National Heritage criteria, the Australian Heritage Council:
any) the Council receives within the period. The Council must give the Minister a copy of the comments with the assessment.
(4) If, in making an assessment, the Australian Heritage Council considers that a place within the Australian jurisdiction might have one or more National Heritage values, the Council must:
(a) take all practicable steps:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324H
The Council must give the Minister a copy of the comments with the assessment. Note: For indigenous heritage value, see section 528.
324H Inviting public comments after assessment
(1A) This section applies if and only if, within 20 business days after the day on which the Minister receives from the Australian Heritage Council under section 324G an assessment whether a place meets any of the National Heritage criteria, the Minister decides that this section should apply. This section continues to apply even if the Minister revokes the decision.
(1) The Minister must publish, in accordance with the regulations (if any), a notice inviting comments on the inclusion or proposed inclusion of the place in the National Heritage List. The notice may specify:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
(iii) a statement that the Minister does not have a view whether or not the place should be included in the National Heritage List; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324J
(d) if the Minister publishes the listing proposal—a statement:
324J Decision about inclusion of a place in the National Heritage List
(1) After receiving from the Australian Heritage Council an assessment under section 324G whether a place, except one that is or includes a place included in the National Heritage List under section 324F (whether before, on or after receipt of the assessment), meets any of the National Heritage criteria, the Minister must:
Note 1: Section 324F is about emergency listing.
Note 2: The Minister may include a place in the National Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more National Heritage values (see subsection 324C(2)).
Note 3: Section 324N deals with how additional National Heritage values may be included in the National Heritage List for a National Heritage place.
(2) The Minister must comply with subsection (1):
However, this subsection does not apply if the place is wholly or partly outside the Australian jurisdiction.
(2A) The Minister must not include in the National Heritage List a place that is wholly or partly in a foreign country unless:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
of the proposal to include the place in the List and given the Ministers informed a reasonable opportunity to comment in writing whether the place should be included in the List; and
(c) the Minister responsible for foreign affairs has agreed to the inclusion in the List of the place.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324J
Dealing with an emergency listing
(5) After receiving from the Australian Heritage Council an assessment under section 324G whether a place that is or includes a place (the listed place) included in the National Heritage List under section 324F (whether before, on or after receipt of the assessment) meets any of the National Heritage criteria, the Minister must, by instrument published in the Gazette:
(iii) remove from the List for the place specified National Heritage values that were included in the List under section 324F for the place.
(5A) The Minister must comply with subsection (5):
However, this subsection does not apply if the place covered by the assessment is partly outside the Australian jurisdiction.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Note: Subsection (5) cannot apply to a place wholly outside the Australian jurisdiction, because a place wholly outside the Australian jurisdiction must not be included in the National Heritage List under section 324F.
(5B) The Minister must not alter the boundary of the listed place under subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) so as to include within the altered boundary an area in a foreign country unless:
relating to all or part of the area—that other Minister; of the proposal to alter the boundary in that way and given the Ministers informed a reasonable opportunity to comment in writing whether the boundary should be altered in that way; and
(c) the Minister responsible for foreign affairs has agreed to the inclusion in the List of the place including the area.
(a) within 10 business days, publish on the Internet:
(i) a copy of the instrument published in the Gazette; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324K
(ii) the reasons for the removal or alteration; and
General requirements
324K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place
(1) This section is about compliance with a provision of this Subdivision that is before this section and that requires or permits an act to be done in relation to the place identified by express or implied reference to an earlier provision of this Subdivision.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324L Removal of places or National Heritage values from the National Heritage List
(1) The Minister may remove all or part of a place from the National Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that:
Note: A place or part of a place may also be removed from the National Heritage List under subsection 324J(5).
Note: The Minister must first obtain and consider the advice of the Australian Heritage Council (see section 324M).
(4) The instrument must deal with only one of the following kinds of removal:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324L
of paragraph (1)(b) or (2)(b). If the instrument purports to deal with both kinds, it has no effect so far as it deals with a removal for loss of value.
324M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments
(1) Before the Minister removes from the National Heritage List under section 324L all or part of a place or one or more of a place’s National Heritage values in a removal for loss of value, the Minister must:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
The Minister must publish the notice within 20 business days of giving the request.
within 60 business days after the earlier of the advice being received by the Minister and the specified period for giving advice to the Minister ending.
(6) However, the time limit in subsection (5) does not apply if the place is wholly or partly outside the Australian jurisdiction.
324N Specifying one or more additional National Heritage values for a National Heritage place
(1) Subsection (2) has effect for the purposes of including in the National Heritage List for a National Heritage place one or more National Heritage values of the place that were not previously included in the List for the place.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324P
324P National Heritage List must be publicly available
The Minister must ensure that:
Note: The copies of the National Heritage List made publicly available may not contain certain information kept confidential under section 324Q.
324Q Certain information may be kept confidential
(1) This section applies if the Minister considers that the heritage values of a place could be significantly damaged by the disclosure of some or all of the following information, or by the presence or
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
actions of persons if some or all of the following information were disclosed publicly:
(2) It is sufficient compliance with this Act if only a general description of the place, its location or its National Heritage values is included in:
324R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice
(a) the duty not to disclose a thing described in paragraph (1)(a)
in relation to a place does not exist after: (ia) publication under section 324H of the assessment; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324R
(b) the duty not to disclose a thing described in paragraph (1)(b) in relation to a place does not exist after:
(3) After a member of the Australian Heritage Council has ceased under subsection (2) to have a duty not to disclose:
the member must give a copy of the assessment or advice to anyone who asks for it.
(4) If:
the member must take reasonable steps to ensure that the copy given to the person does not include a more detailed description than is necessary for sufficient compliance with this Act under that section.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Subdivision C—Management plans for National Heritage places in Commonwealth areas
324S Management plans for National Heritage places in Commonwealth areas
(1) The Minister must make a written plan to protect and manage the National Heritage values of each National Heritage place:
owned or controlled by a Commonwealth agency. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable after the first time the place is:
Note: However, section 324T precludes the Minister from making plans for managing certain places.
(a) amending the earlier plan to make it consistent with the principles; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324T
(b) revoking and replacing the earlier plan.
(6) Before making, amending or revoking and replacing a plan, the Minister must:
324T Restriction on ability to make plans
324U Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
324V Multiple plans in the same document
To avoid doubt, a plan for managing a National Heritage place may be in the same document as:
324W Review of plans at least every 5 years
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324X
Subdivision D—Management of National Heritage places in States and self-governing Territories
324X Plans and Commonwealth responsibilities
Subdivision E—The National Heritage management principles
324Y National Heritage management principles
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Subdivision F—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies
324Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council
(1) A Commonwealth agency that owns or controls a place that has, or might have, one or more National Heritage values must take all reasonable steps to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council in the identification, assessment and monitoring of the place’s National Heritage values.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324ZA
(2) A Commonwealth agency that owns or controls all or part of a National Heritage place must take all reasonable steps to assist the Minister to make a plan under section 324S for the place.
324ZA Protecting National Heritage values of places sold or leased
(1) This section applies if a Commonwealth agency executes a contract for the sale or lease to someone else of a Commonwealth area in the Australian jurisdiction that is or includes all or part of a National Heritage place. It does not matter whether the agency executes the contract for the Commonwealth or on its own behalf.
(1A) The Commonwealth agency must give the Minister at least 40 business days’ notice before executing the contract.
applies or why the agency is satisfied as described in subsection (2).
(4) If the Minister is informed of a matter in paragraph (3)(a) or that the Commonwealth agency is satisfied that it is unreasonable or impracticable to include such a covenant in the contract, the Minister must:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing National Heritage places Division 1A
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting National Heritage places
324ZB Commonwealth assistance for protecting National Heritage places
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 1A Managing National Heritage places
Section 324ZC
Subdivision H—Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List
324ZC Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage List
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
Division 2—Managing wetlands of international importance Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 325 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Commonwealth may designate a wetland for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention only after seeking the agreement of relevant States, self-governing Territories and land-holders.
The Minister must make plans for managing wetlands listed under the Ramsar Convention that are entirely in Commonwealth areas. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene such plans.
The Commonwealth must try to prepare and implement management plans for other wetlands listed under the Ramsar Convention, in co-operation with the relevant States and self-governing Territories.
The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies have duties relating to declared Ramsar wetlands in States and Territories.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the protection or conservation of declared Ramsar wetlands.
Note: Section 16 prohibits an action that has a significant impact on an internationally important wetland, unless the person taking the action has the approval of the Minister administering that section or certain other requirements are met.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 2 Managing wetlands of international importance
Section 326
Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on Ramsar designation
326 Commonwealth must seek agreement before designation
Subdivision C—Notice of designation of wetland
327 Minister must give notice of designation of wetland etc.
(1) The Minister must give notice in the Gazette and in the way (if any) prescribed by the regulations of any of the following events as soon as practicable after the event occurs:
(a) the Commonwealth designates a wetland for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
Subdivision D—Plans for listed wetlands in Commonwealth areas
328 Making plans
Minister must make plan
(1) The Minister must make a written plan for managing a wetland that is included in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable after the wetland:
Amending and replacing plan
(2) The Minister may make a written plan amending, or revoking and replacing, a plan made under subsection (1) or this subsection.
Requirements for plan
(3) A plan must not be inconsistent with:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 2 Managing wetlands of international importance
Section 328
Note: Section 335 explains what Australian Ramsar management principles are.
Ensuring plans reflect current management principles
(4) If the Australian Ramsar management principles change so that a plan (the earlier plan) is inconsistent with them, the Minister must make another plan:
Plan may be in same document as another plan
(5) To avoid doubt, a plan under this section for a wetland may be in the same document as:
Commonwealth reserves
(6) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a wetland as is in a Commonwealth reserve.
Note: A management plan must be prepared under Division 4 for a Commonwealth reserve, taking account of Australia’s obligations under the Ramsar Convention.
Heard Island and McDonald Islands
(7) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may not make a plan for so much of a wetland as is in the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands and covered by a plan:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
329 Notice of plans
The Minister must give notice of the making of a plan under section 328, in accordance with the regulations.
330 Commonwealth compliance with plans
331 Review of plans every 5 years
Note: Section 335 explains what Australian Ramsar management principles are.
Subdivision E—Management of wetlands in States and self-governing Territories
332 Application
This Subdivision applies in relation to a wetland that:
(a) is:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 2 Managing wetlands of international importance
Section 333
(iii) on, over or under the seabed vested in a State by the Coastal Waters (State Title) Act 1980 or in the Northern Territory by the Coastal Waters (Northern Territory Title) Act 1980; and
(b) is not entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas.
333 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans
Note: The Commonwealth and the State or Territory could make a bilateral agreement adopting the plan and providing for its implementation.
334 Commonwealth responsibilities
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing wetlands of international importance Division 2
Subdivision F—Australian Ramsar management principles
335 Australian Ramsar management principles
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting wetlands
336 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared Ramsar wetlands
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3 Managing Biosphere reserves
Section 337
Division 3—Managing Biosphere reserves
337 Definition of Biosphere reserve
A Biosphere reserve is an area designated for inclusion in the World Network of Biosphere Reserves by the International Co-ordinating Council of the Man and the Biosphere program of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
338 Planning for management of Biosphere reserves
339 Commonwealth activities in Biosphere reserves
The Commonwealth and each Commonwealth agency must take all reasonable steps to ensure that it exercises its powers and performs its functions in relation to a Biosphere reserve in a way that is not inconsistent with:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Biosphere reserves Division 3
340 Australian Biosphere reserve management principles
341 Commonwealth assistance for protecting Biosphere reserves
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341A
Division 3A—Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Subdivision A—Preliminary 341A Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister may only include a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List if the place is in a Commonwealth area, or is owned or leased by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency outside the Australian jurisdiction, and the Minister is satisfied that the place has one or more Commonwealth Heritage values.
The Minister must ask the Australian Heritage Council for an assessment of the place’s Commonwealth Heritage values and may invite public comments on the proposed inclusion of the place in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Commonwealth agencies must make plans to protect and manage the Commonwealth Heritage values of Commonwealth Heritage places. The Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies must not contravene those plans.
Commonwealth agencies also have other obligations.
The Commonwealth can provide assistance for the identification, promotion, protection or conservation of Commonwealth Heritage places.
341B Extension to places etc. outside the Australian jurisdiction
This Division extends to places, acts and omissions outside the Australian jurisdiction, except so far as the contrary intention appears.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
Subdivision B—The Commonwealth Heritage List
341C The Commonwealth Heritage List
(1) The Minister must keep a written record of places and their heritage values in accordance with this Subdivision. The record is called the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Note: Later provisions of this Subdivision explain what places and heritage values are included in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
(2) A place may be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that the place:
A place that is included in the Commonwealth Heritage List is called a Commonwealth Heritage place.
341D Meaning of Commonwealth Heritage values
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341E
The regulations may prescribe criteria for other heritage values of
places.
(4) To avoid doubt, a criterion prescribed by the regulations may relate to one or more of the following:
341E Nominations of places
(3A) After giving the Chair of the Australian Heritage Council a written request under subsection (2), the Minister must within 10 business days publish a brief description of the nomination on the Internet. In publishing the description, the Minister may have regard to section 341Q.
Note: The description published on the Internet may not contain certain information kept confidential under section 341Q.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(4) The Minister may:
within that period. The period specified must be reasonable.
341F Emergency listing
(1) This section applies (despite subsection 341C(2)) if the Minister believes that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341F
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
and to anyone who requests them. This subsection has effect (despite subsection (1)) whether or not the Minister has the belief described in that subsection in relation to the place and its heritage values (if any).
341G Assessments by the Australian Heritage Council
(2A) If the Australian Heritage Council does not give the Minister the assessment within the period required by subsection (2) but makes all reasonable efforts to do so, the Minister may, by notice in writing, extend the period by up to 24 months.
(2B) If the Australian Heritage Council does not give the Minister the assessment within the period as extended under subsection (2A) but makes all reasonable efforts to do so, the Minister may, by notice in writing, further extend the period by up to 24 months.
(2C) Within 10 business days of extending the period by notice under subsection (2A) or (2B), the Minister must:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341G
(3) The Australian Heritage Council, on its own initiative, may assess whether a place meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria, whether or not the place is the subject of a nomination. If the Council does so, it may give the assessment to the Minister.
Requirements relating to assessments generally
(3A) Before giving the Minister an assessment under this section whether a place meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria, the Australian Heritage Council:
any) the Council receives within the period. The Council must give the Minister a copy of the comments with the assessment.
(4) If, in making an assessment, the Australian Heritage Council considers that a place within the Australian jurisdiction might have one or more Commonwealth Heritage values, the Council must:
(a) take all practicable steps:
(i) to identify each person who is an owner or occupier of all or part of the place; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(ii) if the Council considers the place might have an indigenous heritage value—to identify each indigenous person who has rights or interests in all or part of the place; and
The Council must give the Minister a copy of the comments with the assessment. Note: For indigenous heritage value, see section 528.
(5) In assessing whether a place meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria, the Australian Heritage Council must not consider any matter that does not relate to the question whether the place meets the Commonwealth Heritage criteria.
341H Inviting public comments after assessment
(1A) This section applies if and only if, within 20 business days after the day on which the Minister receives from the Australian Heritage Council under section 341G an assessment whether a place meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria, the Minister decides that this section should apply. This section continues to apply even if the Minister revokes the decision.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341H
Council an assessment under section 341G whether the place meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341J Decision about inclusion of a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List
(1) After receiving from the Australian Heritage Council an assessment under section 341G whether a place, except one that is or includes a place included in the Commonwealth Heritage List under section 341F (whether before, on or after receipt of the assessment), meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria, the Minister must:
Note 1: Section 341F is about emergency listing.
Note 2: The Minister may include a place in the Commonwealth Heritage List only if the Minister is satisfied that the place:
See subsection 341C(2).
Note 3: Section 341N deals with how additional Commonwealth Heritage values may be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List for a Commonwealth Heritage place.
(2) The Minister must comply with subsection (1):
However, this subsection does not apply if the place is wholly or partly outside the Australian jurisdiction.
(3) If the Minister includes the place in the Commonwealth Heritage List, he or she must, within a reasonable time:
(a) take all practicable steps to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341J
(4) If the Minister decides not to include in the Commonwealth Heritage List a place (whether the decision is made after publishing a notice under section 341H or not), the Minister must:
Dealing with an emergency listing
(5) After receiving from the Australian Heritage Council an assessment under section 341G whether a place that is or includes a place (the listed place) included in the Commonwealth Heritage List under section 341F (whether before, on or after receipt of the assessment) meets any of the Commonwealth Heritage criteria, the Minister must, by instrument published in the Gazette:
(a) do one of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
alteration results in an overall increase or decrease in the extent of the place included in the List);
(iii) remove from the Commonwealth Heritage List the listed place and its Commonwealth Heritage values; and
(b) if the listed place is not removed from the Commonwealth Heritage List under subparagraph (a)(iii)—do all or any of the following:
(iii) remove from the List for the place specified Commonwealth Heritage values that were included in the List under section 341F for the place.
(5A) The Minister must comply with subsection (5):
However, this subsection does not apply if the place covered by the assessment is wholly or partly outside the Australian jurisdiction.
(6) Section 341L does not apply to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341J
(7) If, under subsection (5), the Minister removes from the Commonwealth Heritage List a place or a Commonwealth Heritage value of a place, or alters the boundary of a place included in the List, the Minister must:
General requirements
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341K Listing process not affected by changing boundaries of a place
341L Removal of places or Commonwealth Heritage values from the Commonwealth Heritage List
Note: A place or part of a place may also be removed from the Commonwealth Heritage List under subsection 341J(5).
(3) The Minister may remove one or more Commonwealth Heritage values included in the Commonwealth Heritage List for a Commonwealth Heritage place only if the Minister is satisfied that:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341L
(4) The Minister can remove all or part of a place, or a Commonwealth Heritage value of a place, only by instrument:
Note: The Minister must first obtain and consider the advice of the Australian Heritage Council (see section 341M).
(5) The instrument must deal with only one of the following kinds of removal:
because of subsection (1) or paragraph (2)(b) or (3)(b). If the instrument purports to deal with both kinds, it has no effect so far as it deals with a removal for loss of value.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341M Minister must consider advice of the Australian Heritage Council and public comments
(1) Before the Minister removes from the Commonwealth Heritage List under section 341L all or part of a place or one or more of a place’s Commonwealth Heritage values in a removal for loss of value, the Minister must:
20 business days, on the proposed removal. The Minister must publish the notice within 20 business days of giving the request.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341N
within 60 business days after the earlier of the advice being received by the Minister and the specified period for giving advice to the Minister ending.
(6) However, the time limit in subsection (5) does not apply if the place is wholly or partly outside the Australian jurisdiction.
341N Specifying one or more additional Commonwealth Heritage values for a Commonwealth Heritage place
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341P Commonwealth Heritage List must be publicly available
The Minister must ensure that:
Note: The copies of the Commonwealth Heritage List made publicly available may not contain certain information kept confidential under section 341Q.
341Q Certain information may be kept confidential
341R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s assessments and advice
(1) A member of the Australian Heritage Council has a duty not to disclose the following to a person other than the Minister, an employee in the Department whose duties relate to the Council or another member of the Council:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341R
(2) However:
(a) the duty not to disclose a thing described in paragraph (1)(a)
in relation to a place does not exist after: (ia) publication under section 341H of the assessment; or
(b) the duty not to disclose a thing described in paragraph (1)(b) in relation to a place does not exist after:
(3) After a member of the Australian Heritage Council has ceased under subsection (2) to have a duty not to disclose:
the member must give a copy of the assessment or advice to anyone who asks for it.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(4) If:
the member must take reasonable steps to ensure that the copy given to the person does not include a more detailed description than is necessary for sufficient compliance with this Act under that section.
Subdivision C—Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places
341S Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places
(1) A Commonwealth agency must make a written plan to protect and manage the Commonwealth Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place it owns or controls. The agency must do so within the period mentioned either:
Note: However, a Commonwealth agency must not make plans for managing certain places (see section 341U).
Note: Subdivision E imposes other obligations on Commonwealth agencies.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341T
341T Endorsing management plans for Commonwealth Heritage places
(1) A Commonwealth agency that makes a plan for managing a Commonwealth Heritage place may ask the Minister to endorse the plan. If the Commonwealth agency does so, it must give the Minister a copy of the plan.
Note: An agency that has a plan endorsed under this section is not required to ask for advice under section 341ZD about taking certain actions.
(1A) The Minister must decide within 60 business days of being given the copy of the plan whether or not to endorse the plan.
(1B) Within 10 business days of making the decision, the Minister must inform the Commonwealth agency in writing of the decision and publish on the Internet a notice of the decision.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341U Restriction on ability to make plans
341V Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341W
341W Multiple plans in the same document
To avoid doubt, a plan for managing a Commonwealth Heritage place may be in the same document as:
341X Review of plans at least every 5 years
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
Subdivision D—The Commonwealth Heritage management principles
341Y Commonwealth Heritage management principles
Subdivision E—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies
341Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council
A Commonwealth agency that owns or controls a place that has, or might have, one or more Commonwealth Heritage values must take all reasonable steps to assist the Minister and the Australian Heritage Council in the identification, assessment and monitoring of the place’s Commonwealth Heritage values.
341ZA Heritage strategies
(1) If a Commonwealth agency owns or controls one or more places, the agency must:
as soon as practicable and in any event within 2 years after the later of:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341ZB
Note: The heritage strategy will apply to every place the agency owns or controls.
(1A) Before making a heritage strategy, the Commonwealth agency must consult the Australian Heritage Council and take into account any advice the agency receives from the Council.
341ZB Heritage assessments and registers
(1) A Commonwealth agency must do all of the following within the period mentioned in its heritage strategy:
(a) conduct a program to identify Commonwealth Heritage values for each place it owns or controls;
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
341ZC Minimising adverse impact on heritage values
A Commonwealth agency must not take an action that has, will have or is likely to have an adverse impact on the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place or the Commonwealth Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place, unless:
341ZD Requirement to ask Minister for advice
(1) Before a Commonwealth agency takes an action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on a Commonwealth
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341ZE
Heritage place, the agency must ask the Minister for advice about taking the action.
341ZE Protecting Commonwealth Heritage values of places sold or leased
(1) This section applies if a Commonwealth agency executes a contract for the sale or lease to someone else of a Commonwealth area in the Australian jurisdiction that is or includes all or part of a Commonwealth Heritage place. It does not matter whether the agency executes the contract for the Commonwealth or on its own behalf.
(1A) The Commonwealth agency must give the Minister at least 40 business days’ notice before executing the contract.
(2) The Commonwealth agency must ensure that the contract includes a covenant the effect of which is to protect the Commonwealth Heritage values of the place, unless the agency is satisfied that:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
(3) The Commonwealth agency must inform the Minister before executing the contract if:
applies or why the agency is satisfied as described in subsection (2).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 3A Managing Commonwealth Heritage places
Section 341ZF
Subdivision F—Advice for authorising actions in Indian Ocean Territories
341ZF Minister’s advice on authorisation of actions affecting Commonwealth Heritage places
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places
341ZG Commonwealth assistance for protecting Commonwealth Heritage places
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Managing Commonwealth Heritage places Division 3A
Subdivision H—Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List
341ZH Reviewing and reporting on the Commonwealth Heritage List
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 342
Division 4—Commonwealth reserves Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 342 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
Commonwealth reserves can be declared over areas of land or sea:
A Proclamation must assign the reserve to a particular category, that affects how the reserve is managed and used.
Some activities can be undertaken in a reserve only if a management plan provides for them. Commonwealth agencies must comply with a management plan. Regulations can be made to control a wide range of activities in reserves.
The Minister may approve a management plan prepared by the Director and any Board for a reserve.
In agreement with indigenous people, the Minister can set up a Board for a reserve including land leased from indigenous people.
Subdivision B—Declaring and revoking Commonwealth reserves
343 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
The Governor-General can proclaim Commonwealth reserves over areas of land or sea:
A Proclamation must assign the reserve to a particular category that affects how the reserve is managed and used.
Proclamations can be made to alter and revoke reserves.
The Director must consult publicly before some Proclamations are made.
344 Declaring Commonwealth reserves
Declaring a Commonwealth reserve
(1) The Governor-General may, by Proclamation, declare as a Commonwealth reserve:
(a) an area of land:
(iii) that is held under lease by the Commonwealth or the Director in a Territory; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 344
appropriately be met by declaring the area a Commonwealth reserve; or
Note 1: | Section 351 sets out some prerequisites for making Proclamations. |
Note 2: | A reference to Australia generally includes its coastal sea. See |
section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901. |
Limits on acquiring land for reservation
(2) If land:
the Commonwealth must not acquire the land for the purposes of declaring it a Commonwealth reserve, without the consent of the State or Territory.
Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park
(3) Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park is the Commonwealth reserve (as it exists from time to time) to which the name Uluru-Kata Tjuta
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
National Park was given by Proclamation continued in force by the Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999.
345 Extent of Commonwealth reserve
land includes subsoil of land and any body of water (whether flowing or not) except the sea.
seabed includes:
345A Commonwealth usage rights vest in Director
346 Content of Proclamation declaring Commonwealth reserve
Content of Proclamation
(1) The Proclamation declaring an area to be a Commonwealth reserve must:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 347
(iii) national park;
(vii) managed resource protected area.
Assigning different zones of a reserve to different IUCN categories
(2) A Proclamation may also divide a reserve into zones and assign each zone to an IUCN category.
Assigning leasehold land to IUCN categories
(3) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation assigning a Commonwealth reserve or zone including land or seabed held by the Commonwealth or the Director under lease to a particular IUCN category, the Minister must be satisfied that the category to which it is proposed to assign the reserve or zone is consistent with the terms of the lease.
347 Assigning Commonwealth reserves and zones to IUCN categories
Prerequisite to making Proclamation
(1) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation assigning a Commonwealth reserve, or a zone within a Commonwealth reserve, to a particular IUCN category, the Minister must be satisfied:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Characteristics for IUCN categories
(2) The characteristics are as follows:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 348
348 Australian IUCN reserve management principles
349 Proclamations assigning reserve or zone to wilderness area category may affect management
A Proclamation assigning a Commonwealth reserve, or a zone of a Commonwealth reserve, to the IUCN category of wilderness area may contain provisions regulating the circumstances in which, and the manner in which, the Director may do one of the following acts if there is not a management plan in operation for the reserve:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
350 Revocation and alteration of Commonwealth reserves
(1) The Governor-General may revoke or amend a Proclamation under
this Subdivision by another Proclamation. Note: Section 351 sets out some prerequisites for making Proclamations.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 351
transferred, assigned, surrendered, extinguished or changed in any way.
(7) A usage right is an estate or a legal or equitable charge, power,
privilege, authority, licence or permit. Note: Section 22 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 defines estate.
351 Report before making Proclamation
Minister must consider report before Proclamation made
(1) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation under this Subdivision, the Minister must consider a report prepared by the Director on the matter to be dealt with by the Proclamation.
Procedure for preparing report
(2) In preparing a report, the Director must:
Content of notice inviting comments
(3) A notice stating the matter to be dealt with by a Proclamation to declare a Commonwealth reserve must include a statement of:
(a) the proposed name of the reserve; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Content of notice relating to revocation of Commonwealth reserve
(4) A notice stating the matter to be dealt with by a Proclamation to cause any land, sea or seabed to cease to be part of a Commonwealth reserve must state the boundaries of that land, sea or seabed.
Time for comment
(5) The day specified in the notice as the day by which any comments must be sent must be at least 60 days after the last day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or in accordance with any regulations.
When this section does not apply
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a Proclamation that:
352 What happens to Director’s usage rights when Commonwealth reserve is revoked
(1) This section applies in relation to land or seabed that ceases to be included in a Commonwealth reserve because of a Proclamation
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 353
made under section 350, except a Proclamation that causes the land or seabed:
Subdivision C—Activities in Commonwealth reserves
353 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Many works cannot be carried out in a Commonwealth reserve unless permitted by a management plan.
If there is not a management plan in force for a reserve, it must be managed in a way appropriate for the category it has been assigned to by a Proclamation or an earlier management plan.
Regulations can be made to control activities in reserves.
People who have rights relating to an area that is later included in a reserve can continue to exercise those rights in the reserve.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
354 Activities that may be carried on only under management plan
(1) A person must not do one of the following acts in a Commonwealth reserve except in accordance with a management plan in operation for the reserve:
Civil penalty:
Note: These acts are totally prohibited in wilderness areas (except so far as the Director is concerned). See section 360.
(2) However, if a management plan is not in operation for a Commonwealth reserve, the Director may do an act described in subsection (1) for:
Note: The Director may only do these acts in a wilderness area under a management plan or Proclamation. See section 360.
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to so much of a Commonwealth reserve as is in the Kakadu region, the Uluru region or the Jervis Bay Territory.
Note: Section 385 sets out what the Director may do in a Commonwealth reserve in the Kakadu region, Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory when there is not a management plan in operation for the reserve.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 355
(4) This section has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, but:
355 Limits on mining operations in Commonwealth reserves
(1) A person must not carry on mining operations in a Commonwealth reserve unless:
Note: Section 387 generally prohibits mining operations in Kakadu National Park.
(2) The following are mining operations:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(c) the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980;
but has effect despite any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory.
356 Regulations controlling activities relating to Commonwealth reserves
(1) The regulations may:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 356
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
356A Charges for activities in Commonwealth reserves
Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Director may determine and impose charges for:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 357
357 Managing Commonwealth reserves while a management plan is not in operation
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(3) If:
category for the reserve; disregard the IUCN category to which the reserve has been assigned for the purposes of the application of this section in relation to the zone.
358 Restriction on disposal of Director’s interests in Commonwealth reserves
359 Prior usage rights relating to Commonwealth reserves continue to have effect
(1) None of the following provisions affect a usage right that was held by a person (other than the Commonwealth or the Director) in relation to land or seabed immediately before the land or seabed was included in a Commonwealth reserve:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 359A
This subsection has effect despite subsections (1) and (2) and any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory.
359A Traditional use of Commonwealth reserves by indigenous persons
(1) This Division and regulations made for the purposes of this Division do not prevent an indigenous person from continuing in accordance with law the traditional use of an area in a Commonwealth reserve for:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(2) However, regulations made for the purposes of this Division do affect an indigenous person’s traditional use of an area in a Commonwealth reserve if they:
360 Activities in wilderness areas
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 361
(h) extract water by canals or other works for affecting the flow of water (whether they are inside or outside the reserve or zone).
Civil penalty:
Subdivision D—Complying with management plans for Commonwealth reserves
361 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
The Director must manage a Commonwealth reserve to give effect to a management plan for the reserve. If indigenous people think the Director is not doing this for a reserve including their land, they can take the matter up with the Minister.
Commonwealth agencies must act so as not to contravene a management plan.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
362 Commonwealth and Commonwealth agencies to comply with management plan for Commonwealth reserve
363 Resolving disagreement between land council and Director over implementation of plan
Minister to resolve disagreement
(1) If the Chair or Chairperson of a land council for indigenous people’s land in a jointly managed reserve and the Director disagree about whether the Director is exercising the Director’s powers and performing the Director’s functions consistently with a management plan in operation for the reserve:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 363
What is a land council?
(2) The land council for indigenous people’s land in a Commonwealth reserve is:
(iii) consists of indigenous persons who either live in an area to which one or more of the body’s functions relate or are registered as traditional owners of indigenous people’s land in an area to which one or more of the body’s functions relate.
What is indigenous people’s land?
(3) Land is indigenous people’s land if:
Who is an indigenous person?
(4) A person is an indigenous person if he or she is:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
What is a jointly managed reserve?
(5) A Commonwealth reserve is a jointly managed reserve if:
364 Resolving disagreement between Director and Board over implementation of plan
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 365
Subdivision E—Approving management plans for Commonwealth reserves
365 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
The Minister may approve a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve prepared by the Director and any Board for the reserve. Before the Minister approves a plan, he or she may modify it.
Before the Director gives a plan to the Minister for approval, there are 2 opportunities for the public and others with an interest in the reserve to comment.
The Minister can resolve any disagreements between the Director and a Board for a reserve over preparation of a plan for the reserve.
366 Obligation to prepare management plans for Commonwealth reserves
Plans required for Commonwealth reserves without Boards
(1) The Director must prepare management plans for each Commonwealth reserve for which there is not a Board to try to ensure that a management plan for the reserve is in operation:
Note: Section 368 specifies steps to be taken in preparing a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve.
Amending or replacing plans for reserves without Boards
(2) The Director may prepare a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve for which there is not a Board:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Plans required for Commonwealth reserves with Boards
(3) A Board for a Commonwealth reserve must prepare management plans for the reserve in conjunction with the Director, to try to ensure that a management plan for the reserve is in operation:
Note: Section 368 specifies steps to be taken in preparing a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve.
Amending or replacing plans for reserves with Boards
(4) The Board for a Commonwealth reserve may prepare a management plan for the reserve in conjunction with the Director:
367 Content of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve
Mandatory content
(1) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve must provide for the protection and conservation of the reserve. In particular, the plan must:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 367
Plan may assign different zones to different IUCN categories
(2) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may divide the reserve into zones and assign each zone to an IUCN category (whether or not a Proclamation has assigned the reserve or each zone of the reserve to that IUCN category). The category to which a zone is assigned may differ from the category to which the reserve is assigned.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Consistency with Australian IUCN reserve management principles
(3) The provisions of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve that relate to the reserve or a particular zone of the reserve must not be inconsistent with the Australian IUCN reserve management principles for the IUCN category to which the reserve or zone is assigned by the plan.
If zone is in different category from reserve
(4) If the management plan for a Commonwealth reserve assigns the reserve to one IUCN category and assigns a zone of the reserve to a different IUCN category, disregard the IUCN category to which the reserve is assigned for the purposes of the application of subsection (3) in relation to the zone.
Plans for different reserves may appear together
(5) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may be in the same document as a management plan for another Commonwealth reserve.
Plans for proposed extension of reserve
(6) A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may include provisions relating to an area that is proposed to be included in the reserve, but they do not have effect until the area is included in the reserve.
368 Steps in preparing management plans for Commonwealth reserves
Overview of process
(1) Before the Director gives the Minister a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve for approval:
(a) the Director must publish under subsection (2) an invitation to comment on the proposal to prepare a draft of the plan; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 368
Notice inviting comments on proposal to prepare draft
(2) The Director must publish a notice in the Gazette, in a daily newspaper circulating in each State and self-governing Territory and in accordance with the regulations (if any):
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Considerations in preparing a management plan
(3) In preparing a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve, the Director and the Board (if any) for the reserve must take account of:
Who are the traditional owners of indigenous people’s land?
(4) The traditional owners of indigenous people’s land are:
(a) a local descent group of indigenous persons who:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 369
(b) if the land is in the Jervis Bay Territory—the members of the Wreck Bay Aboriginal Community Council.
Notice inviting comment on draft
(5) The Director must publish a notice in the Gazette, in a daily newspaper circulating in each State and self-governing Territory and in accordance with the regulations (if any):
369 Resolving disagreements between Director and Board in planning process
(1) The Director and the Board for a Commonwealth reserve must inform the Minister if they cannot agree on:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
370 Approval of management plans for Commonwealth reserves
Giving management plan to Minister for approval
(1) The Director must give the Minister a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve for approval, but only if the Board (if any) for the reserve agrees. The Director must do so as soon as practicable after considering under paragraph 368(1)(e) the comments (if any) on a draft of the management plan.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 370
Things to be given to Minister with management plan
(2) When the Director gives the plan to the Minister, the Director must also give the Minister:
Minister’s decision
(3) Within 60 days of the Director giving the plan, the Minister:
Note: There are some extra rules about giving back to the Director a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve in the Kakadu region, the Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory. See section 390.
Procedure if Minister gives plan back
(4) If the Minister gives the plan back to the Director with suggestions:
Minister’s decision on re-submitted plan
(5) As soon as practicable after the Director has given the Minister a version of the plan under subsection (4), the Minister:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Considerations for Minister assigning reserve to IUCN category
(6) When approving a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve to assign the reserve, or a zone of a reserve, to a particular IUCN category, the Minister must be satisfied of the matters specified in section 347 that he or she would have to be satisfied of before the Governor-General could make a Proclamation to assign the reserve or zone to that IUCN category.
371 Approved management plans are disallowable instruments
(1) A management plan approved for a Commonwealth reserve by the Minister is a disallowable instrument for the purposes of section 46A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Note: Section 46A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides for the commencement, tabling and disallowance of disallowable instruments.
372 Amendment and revocation of management plans for Commonwealth reserves
A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve may amend or revoke and replace an earlier management plan for the reserve.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 373
373 Expiry of management plans for Commonwealth reserves
A management plan for a Commonwealth reserve ceases to have effect 7 years after it took effect (unless it has already been revoked).
Subdivision F—Boards for Commonwealth reserves on indigenous people’s land
374 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
The Minister must establish a Board for a Commonwealth reserve that is wholly or partly on indigenous people’s land, if the land council for that land (or traditional owners) and the Minister agree that there should be a Board for the reserve.
The Board’s role is to make decisions and plans for management of the reserve, in conjunction with the Director.
A majority of Board members must be indigenous people nominated by traditional owners if the reserve is wholly or mostly on indigenous people’s land.
375 Application
This Subdivision provides for Boards for Commonwealth reserves that consist of, or include, indigenous people’s land held under lease by the Director.
376 Functions of a Board for a Commonwealth reserve
(1) The functions of a Board established for a Commonwealth reserve are:
(a) to make decisions relating to the management of the reserve that are consistent with the management plan in operation for the reserve; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(b) in conjunction with the Director, to:
(iii) advise the Minister on all aspects of the future development of the reserve.
(2) When performing its functions, a Board must comply with a direction given by the Minister to the Board under:
377 Minister must establish Board if land council or traditional owners agree
Note: The notice may specify different qualifications for different positions. See subsection 33(3A) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 378
Note: By agreement between the Minister and the land council or traditional owners, more than one member of a Board may be a person nominated by the State or Territory.
378 Altering the constitution of a Board or abolishing a Board
Revoking and amending notice establishing Board
(1) The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette:
(iii) decrease the number of positions of member of the Board and specify which positions are abolished; or
(iv) change the qualifications for appointment to a position of member of the Board.
Note: The Minister may exercise the power of amendment from time to time. See subsection 33(1) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Limits on changing composition of Board
(2) Paragraph (1)(b) has effect subject to subsections 377(4) and (5).
Note 1: Subsection 377(4) requires a majority of the members of the Board of a Commonwealth reserve consisting wholly or mostly of indigenous people’s land held by the Director under lease to be indigenous persons nominated by the traditional owners of the land.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
Note 2: Subsection 377(5) requires at least one member of a Board for a reserve in a State or self-governing Territory to be a nominee of the State or Territory.
Prerequisite to revoking or amending notice
(3) The Minister may revoke or amend a notice under section 377 relating to a Commonwealth reserve only if the Minister agrees on the revocation or amendment with:
Board’s identity not affected by name change
(4) If the Minister amends a notice published under section 377 so as to alter a Board’s name or constitution, section 25B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 applies in relation to the alteration as if it had been made by an Act.
Note: This ensures that the Board’s identity and functions are not affected by the alteration, and that certain references to the Board under its old name are treated as references to the Board under its new name.
379 Appointment of Board members
Appointment of qualified persons
(1) The Minister may appoint a person in writing on a part-time basis to a position of member of a Board if the person is qualified for appointment to the position.
Note: Subsection (1) is subject to section 390A, which deals with the appointment of a Northern Territory nominee as a member of the Board for a Commonwealth reserve consisting wholly or mostly of indigenous people’s land held by the Director under lease in the Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 380
Replacement appointments
(2) As soon as practicable after a position of member of a Board becomes vacant, the Minister must appoint a person to the position under subsection (1).
Validity of appointments
(3) A deficiency or irregularity relating to the nomination, selection or appointment of a member of a Board does not invalidate the member’s appointment.
380 Terms and conditions
Term of office
(1) A member of a Board holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 5 years.
Note: Section 382 sets out the circumstances in which a member’s appointment may be (or must be) terminated.
Avoiding doubt—future terms of office
(1A) To avoid doubt, subsection (1) does not prevent a person from being appointed as a member of a Board again. This subsection does not affect the operation of subsection 33(4A) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 in relation to this Act.
Resignation
(2) A member of a Board may resign his or her appointment by giving the Minister a written resignation.
Other terms and conditions
(3) A member of a Board holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) that are determined by the Minister in relation to matters not covered by this Act or the regulations.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
381 Remuneration
382 Termination of appointments of Board members
Termination when person stops being qualified for appointment
(1) The appointment of a person to a position of member of a Board is terminated when the person ceases to be qualified for appointment to the position.
Termination for misbehaviour or incapacity
(2) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board for misbehaviour or physical or mental incapacity.
Termination for failure to attend Board meetings
(3) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if the member is absent, except on leave of absence, from 3 consecutive meetings of the Board of which the member has had notice.
Termination for engaging in conflicting work
(4) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if the member engages in paid employment that, in the Minister’s opinion, conflicts or could conflict with the proper performance of the duties of the member.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 382
Termination for conduct inimical to Board
(4A) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Board for a reserve if the Minister is satisfied that the person has acted in a way that is not in the interest of the Board as a whole. However, the Minister may not terminate under this subsection the appointment of a member nominated by traditional owners of indigenous people’s land in the reserve.
Termination for failure to disclose interests
(5) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if:
Termination on request by nominator
(6) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Board if:
Termination for bankruptcy or insolvency
(7) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of the Board if the member:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
383 Procedure of a Board
persons nominated by the traditional owners of the indigenous people’s land for appointment as members.
(5) Subsection (4) has effect despite subsections (1), (2) and (3).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 384
Subdivision G—Special rules for some Commonwealth reserves in the Northern Territory or Jervis Bay Territory
384 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
Special rules apply to Commonwealth reserves in the Kakadu region, Uluru region and Jervis Bay Territory, affecting the activities that can be carried on in those reserves.
Special procedures apply to planning for management of reserves in the Kakadu region, Uluru region and Jervis Bay Territory. These provide for extra involvement of indigenous people in the planning process.
385 Activities in Commonwealth reserve without management plan
When a management plan is not in operation for a particular Commonwealth reserve wholly or partly in the Kakadu region, Uluru region or Jervis Bay Territory, the Director may perform the Director’s functions and exercise the Director’s powers in and in relation to a part of the reserve in the region, subject to any directions of the Minister.
386 What are the Kakadu region and the Uluru region?
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
387 No mining operations in Kakadu National Park
388 Establishment and development of townships in the Kakadu region and Uluru region
(1) A person may develop a township in a part of a Commonwealth reserve, but only if:
(iii) a town plan prepared and approved in accordance with the regulations.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 389
389 Planning for townships
Management plan provisions
(1) The provisions of a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve that relate to a township must include provisions for and in relation to:
Town plan provisions
(2) A town plan must make detailed provision relating to the proposed construction or development of the township, including, in particular, the provision (if any) to be made for:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(iii) any lease or sub-lease from the Director of land on which the township is to be established or developed.
Town plans may adopt, apply or incorporate other instruments
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), a town plan may apply, adopt or incorporate, with or without modification:
Town plans must not be inconsistent with other instruments
(4) A town plan must never be inconsistent with:
Revocation and variation of town plans
(5) A town plan may be revoked or amended in the manner provided by the regulations.
Note: Town plans are to be prepared and approved in accordance with the regulations. See subparagraph 388(1)(b)(iii).
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 390
390 Special rules to protect Aboriginal interests in planning process
(a) give the Minister a copy of the comments (if any) made in response to the Minister’s invitation, and the Director’s views on those comments; and
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Commonwealth reserves Division 4
(b) give the Chair or Chairperson of each land council for indigenous people’s land in the reserve a copy of the version of the plan given to the Minister and of the comments and views (if any) being given to the Minister under paragraph (a).
(a) must also consider:
Minister under subsection (7); when considering under subsection 370(5) the version of the plan given to the Minister under paragraph 370(4)(b); and
(b) must not approve the plan before the end of the period described in subsection (6).
390A Appointment of Northern Territory nominee to Board
(1) This section makes special provision for the appointment of a person nominated by the Northern Territory as a member of the Board for a Commonwealth reserve consisting wholly or mostly of indigenous people’s land held by the Director under lease in the Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 4 Commonwealth reserves
Section 390A
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Conservation zones Division 5
Division 5—Conservation zones 390B Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Governor-General can proclaim a Commonwealth area to be a conservation zone, to protect biodiversity in the area while it is being assessed for inclusion in a Commonwealth reserve.
Regulations can be made to regulate a wide range of activities in a conservation zone.
People who have rights relating to an area that is later included in a conservation zone can continue to exercise those rights in the zone.
A conservation zone can be revoked if the Minister is satisfied the area concerned should not be included in a Commonwealth reserve. It is revoked automatically if it is included in a Commonwealth reserve.
390C Object of this Division
The object of this Division is to provide for the protection of biodiversity, other natural features and heritage in Commonwealth areas while they are being assessed for inclusion in a Commonwealth reserve.
390D Proclamation of conservation zones
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 5 Conservation zones
Section 390E
the biodiversity, other natural features and heritage in the area should be protected by including the area in a Commonwealth reserve.
390E Regulating activities generally
(1) The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Conservation zones Division 5
(2) Regulations relating to conservation zones may also:
(a) regulate the carrying on of mining operations, fishing, pastoral or agricultural activities for commercial purposes; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 5 Conservation zones
Section 390F
(3) Regulations made for the purposes of this section have no effect to the extent that they are inconsistent with the terms and conditions of a right (however described) to explore for minerals, or to mine for or recover minerals, granted under section 124 of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989.
390F Charges for activities in conservation zones
Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Director may determine and impose charges for using services or facilities provided by the Director in or in connection with a conservation zone.
390G Other laws and regulations made for this Division
Regulations regulating aircraft subject to other Commonwealth laws
(1) A provision of the regulations regulating the flying of aircraft over a conservation zone does not have any effect so far as it is inconsistent with a law of the Commonwealth. For this purpose, a provision is not inconsistent with such a law if it can be complied with without contravention of the law.
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5 Protected areas Part 15 Conservation zones Division 5
Territory laws subject to regulations
(2) A law of a Territory has effect so far as it is not inconsistent with a provision of the regulations made for the purposes of this Division and having effect in that Territory. For this purpose, such a law is not inconsistent with the provision so far as it can operate concurrently with the provision.
390H Prior usage rights relating to conservation zones continue to have effect
This subsection has effect despite subsections (1) and (2) and any other law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Part 15 Protected areas Division 5 Conservation zones
Section 390J
390J Revoking and altering conservation zones
Proclamations to revoke or amend declaring Proclamation
(1) The Governor-General may, by Proclamation, revoke or amend a Proclamation made under section 390D (declaring a Commonwealth area to be a conservation zone).
Limit on making Proclamations
(2) Before the Governor-General makes a Proclamation under subsection (1) causing a Commonwealth area to cease to be within a conservation zone, the Minister must be satisfied that the area should not be included in a Commonwealth reserve.
Declaration of Commonwealth reserve revokes conservation zone
(3) A Commonwealth area ceases to be a conservation zone by force of this subsection if the area becomes or is included in a Commonwealth reserve.
Conservation zone ends if it ceases to be in Commonwealth area
(4) If land, waters, seabed or airspace in a conservation zone cease to be a Commonwealth area, the land, waters, seabed or airspace cease to be (or be in) a conservation zone by force of this subsection.
Proclamation to reflect cessation of conservation zone
(5) If land, waters, seabed or airspace cease to be a conservation zone by force of subsection (3) or (4), the Governor-General must make a Proclamation revoking or amending the Proclamation that included the land, waters, seabed or airspace in a conservation zone, to reflect the fact that the land, waters, seabed or airspace are no longer part of the conservation zone.
Administration Chapter 6 Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions Part 16
Section 391
Chapter 6—Administration
Part 16—Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions
391 Minister must consider precautionary principle in making decisions
Taking account of precautionary principle
(1) The Minister must take account of the precautionary principle in making a decision listed in the table in subsection (3), to the extent he or she can do so consistently with the other provisions of this Act.
Precautionary principle
(2) The precautionary principle is that lack of full scientific certainty should not be used as a reason for postponing a measure to prevent degradation of the environment where there are threats of serious or irreversible environmental damage.
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered
(3) The decisions are:
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered
Section decision is Item made under Nature of decision
1 75 whether an action is a controlled action
2 133 whether or not to approve the taking of an action
3 201 whether or not to grant a permit
4 216 whether or not to grant a permit
Chapter 6 Administration Part 16 Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions
Section 391
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered
Section decision is Item made under
5 237 6 258 7 269A
7A 270A 7B 270B 8 280 9 285 10 295 10A 303CG
10AA 303DC
10B 303DG 10C 303EC 10D 303EN
10E 303FN 10F 303FO 10G 303FP 10H 303GB
Nature of decision
whether or not to grant a permit whether or not to grant a permit about making a recovery plan or adopting a
plan as a recovery plan
whether or not to have a threat abatement plan for a key threatening process about making a threat abatement plan or
adopting a plan as a threat abatement plan
about approving a variation of a plan adopted as a recovery plan or threat abatement plan about making a wildlife conservation plan or
adopting a plan as a wildlife conservation plan
about approving a variation of a plan adopted as a wildlife conservation plan whether or not to grant a permit whether or not to amend the list of exempt
native specimens whether or not to grant a permit about including an item in the list referred to
section 303EB whether or not to grant a permit about declaring an operation to be an
approved wildlife trade operation
about declaring a plan to be an approved wildlife trade management plan about declaring a plan to be an accredited
wildlife trade management plan whether or not to grant an exceptional circumstances permit
Administration Chapter 6 Precautionary principle and other considerations in making decisions Part 16
Section 391A
Decisions in which precautionary principle must be considered
Item | Section decision is made under | Nature of decision |
---|---|---|
11 | 316 | about making a plan for managing a property that is included in the World Heritage List and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth |
areas |
11A 324S about making a plan for managing a National Heritage place
12 328 about making a plan for managing a wetland that is designated for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention and is entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas
13 338 about making a plan for managing a Biosphere reserve entirely within one or more Commonwealth areas
13A 341T about endorsing a plan for managing a Commonwealth Heritage place
14 370 about approving a management plan for a Commonwealth reserve
391A Minister must consider information in the Register of the National Estate in making decisions
Subject to this Act, the Minister must have regard to information in the Register of the National Estate kept under the Australian Heritage Council Act 2003 in making any decision under this Act to which the information is relevant.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 392
Part 17—Enforcement
Division 1—Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Subdivision A—Wardens and rangers
392 Appointment of wardens and rangers
The Minister may, in writing, appoint:
393 Arrangements for certain officers or employees to exercise powers etc. of wardens or rangers
(1) The Secretary may make arrangements with an Agency Head (within the meaning of the Public Service Act 1999), or with an authority of the Commonwealth, for the performance or exercise of all or any of the functions or powers of wardens and rangers under this Act or the regulations by officers or employees in that Agency or authority, as the case may be.
(1A) However, an arrangement under subsection (1) must not provide for the performance or exercise of functions or powers under this Act or the regulations in relation to a Commonwealth reserve or conservation zone.
(2) The Minister may enter into an arrangement with the appropriate Minister of a State or of the Australian Capital Territory or of the Northern Territory for:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
to perform or exercise all or any of the functions or powers of wardens or rangers under this Act or the regulations.
394 Wardens ex officio
By force of this section each member or special member of the Australian Federal Police is a warden.
395 Identity cards
Subdivision B—Inspectors
396 Appointment of inspectors
(1) The Minister may, in writing, appoint a person to be an inspector.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 397
397 Inspectors ex officio
Quarantine Act 1908). Note: Part 13A deals with international movement of wildlife specimens.
398 Arrangements for State and Territory officers to be inspectors
(1) The Minister may enter into an arrangement with the appropriate Minister of a State or of the Australian Capital Territory or of the Northern Territory for:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
399 Identity cards
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 400
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
400 Regulations may give wardens, rangers and inspectors extra powers, functions and duties
The regulations may provide for functions and powers to be conferred, and duties to be imposed, on wardens, rangers and inspectors.
401 Impersonating authorised officers and rangers
(a) the officer or ranger:
(i) impersonates another authorised officer or ranger on an occasion; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Wardens, rangers and inspectors Division 1
(ii) does so knowing it to be an occasion when the other officer or ranger would be on duty and doing an act or attending a place; or
(4) An offence against this section is punishable, on conviction, by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 120 penalty units, or both.
402 Offences against authorised officers and rangers
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 1 Wardens, rangers and inspectors
Section 402
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises by consent Division 2
Division 2—Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises by consent
403 Boarding of vessels etc. by authorised officers
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises by consent
Section 403
vessel, require the person in charge of the vessel to bring the vessel to that port.
(4) If an authorised officer or the person in command of a Commonwealth ship or of a Commonwealth aircraft suspects on reasonable grounds that:
aircraft to the nearest airport in Australia or an external Territory to which it is safe and practicable to bring the aircraft.
Australian platform means a platform that:
Commonwealth aircraft means an aircraft in the service of the Commonwealth on which the prescribed ensign or prescribed insignia of the aircraft is displayed.
Commonwealth ship means a ship in the service of the Commonwealth on which the prescribed ensign of the ship is flying.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises by consent Division 2
404 Authorised officers to produce identification
(1) If an authorised officer (other than a member of a police force, or an officer of Customs, who is in uniform) boards a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform to which section 403 applies, the authorised officer must:
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by the person in charge of that vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by the person in charge of that vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for inspection by that person.
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for
inspection by that person; and, if the authorised officer fails to do so, that person is not obliged to comply with the requirement.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises by consent
Section 405
(4) A person must comply with a requirement made of the person under section 403.
Penalty: 50 penalty units.
405 Access to premises
406 Powers of authorised officers
(1) An authorised officer who boards a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform under section 403, or enters premises under section 405 may:
(a) inspect and search the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises, as the case may be; and
(aa) take photographs (including a video recording), and make sketches, of the premises or of any substance or thing on the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises; and
(ca) take measurements of, and conduct tests on, the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises or any substance or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises by consent Division 2
thing on the vehicle, vessel, aircraft, platform or premises; and
(a) an authorised officer has boarded a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or platform under section 403; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 2 Boarding of vessels etc. and access to premises by consent
Section 406
(6) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 6 months, a fine of not more than 30 penalty units, or both.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
Division 3—Monitoring of compliance
407 Monitoring powers
For the purposes of this Division, each of the following powers is a monitoring power in relation to particular premises:
(ca) the power to take measurements of, and conduct tests on, the premises or any substance or thing on the premises;
408 Monitoring searches with occupier’s consent
Entry by consent
(1) An authorised officer may, with the consent of the occupier of any premises, enter the premises for the purpose of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of this Act or the regulations are being complied with.
Entry for monitoring purposes
(2) An authorised officer may only enter premises under subsection (1) to the extent that it is reasonably necessary for the purpose of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of this Act or the regulations are being complied with.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 408
Exercise of monitoring powers
(3) If an authorised officer enters premises under subsection (1), the authorised officer may exercise monitoring powers in relation to those premises.
Exercise of seizure powers
(4) If an authorised officer enters premises under subsection (1), the authorised officer may exercise powers of seizure conferred by section 444A or 445.
Right to refuse to give consent
(5) Before obtaining the consent of a person for the purposes of this section, an authorised officer must tell the person that the person may refuse to give consent.
Consent must be voluntary
(6) An entry by an authorised officer in consequence of the consent of a person is not lawful unless the person voluntarily consented to the entry.
Production of identity card etc.
(7) An authorised officer is not entitled to:
relation to premises; if the occupier of the premises has required the officer to produce written identification for inspection by the occupier and:
(c) if the authorised officer is a member of a police force—the officer fails to produce, for inspection by the occupier, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(ca) if the authorised officer is an officer of Customs—the officer fails to produce, for inspection by the occupier, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
(d) in any other case—the officer fails to produce his or her identity card for inspection by the occupier.
Extension to vehicles, vessels and aircraft
(8) Subsections (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) apply in relation to:
409 Monitoring warrants
Application for monitoring warrant
(1) An authorised officer may apply to a magistrate for a warrant under this section in relation to particular premises. The warrant is to be known as a monitoring warrant.
Issue of monitoring warrant
(2) Subject to subsection (3), the magistrate may issue the monitoring warrant if satisfied, by information on oath or affirmation, that it is reasonably necessary that the authorised officer should have access to the premises for the purpose of finding out whether any or all of the provisions of this Act or the regulations are being complied with.
Information about grounds for issue of monitoring warrant
(3) The magistrate must not issue the monitoring warrant unless the authorised person or another person has given the magistrate, either orally (on oath or affirmation) or by affidavit, such further information as the magistrate requires about the grounds on which the issue of the monitoring warrant is being sought.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 410
Terms of warrant
(4) The monitoring warrant must:
Seizure powers
(5) If an authorised officer enters premises under a monitoring warrant, he or she may exercise powers of seizure conferred by section 444A or 445.
410 Details of monitoring warrant to be given to occupier etc.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Monitoring of compliance Division 3
411 Occupier entitled to be present during search
412 Announcement before entry
412A Other powers when on premises under monitoring warrant
(1) If the authorised officer named in a monitoring warrant enters premises under the warrant, he or she may require a person on the premises to:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 3 Monitoring of compliance
Section 412A
(c) produce to the authorised officer records or documents kept on the premises.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
Division 4—Search warrants
413 When search warrants can be issued
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 414
414 Statements in warrants
(a) that the warrant authorises the seizure of a thing (other than evidential material of the kind referred to in paragraph (1)(c)) found at the premises in the course of the search that the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds to be:
if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against this Act or the regulations; and
(b) whether the warrant authorises an ordinary search or a frisk search of a person who is at or near the premises when the warrant is executed if the executing officer or an officer assisting suspects on reasonable grounds that the person has any evidential material or eligible seizable items in his or her possession.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
(a) that the warrant authorises the seizure of a thing (other than evidential material of the kind referred to in paragraph (1)(c)) found, in the course of the search, on or in the possession of the person or in an aircraft, vehicle or vessel that the person had operated or occupied at any time within 24 hours before the search began, being a thing that the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds to be:
if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against this Act or the regulations; and
(b) the kind of search of a person that the warrant authorises.
415 Powers of magistrate
(1) A magistrate in a State or internal Territory may:
(a) issue a warrant in relation to premises or a person in that State or Territory; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 416
(2) A magistrate in New South Wales or the Australian Capital Territory may issue a warrant in relation to premises or a person in the Jervis Bay Territory.
416 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means
Application
(1) An authorised person may make an application to a magistrate for a warrant by telephone, telex, facsimile or other electronic means:
Voice communication
(2) The magistrate may require communication by voice to the extent that is practicable in the circumstances.
Information
(3) An application under this section must include all information as required to be provided in an ordinary application for a warrant, but the application may, if necessary, be made before the information is sworn.
Issue of warrant
(4) If an application is made to a magistrate under this section and the magistrate, after considering the information and having received
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
and considered such further information (if any) as the magistrate required, is satisfied that:
person would frustrate the effective execution of the warrant; the magistrate may complete and sign the same form of warrant that would be issued under section 413.
Notification
(5) If the magistrate decides to issue the warrant, the magistrate is to inform the applicant, by telephone, telex, facsimile or other electronic means, of the terms of the warrant and the day on which and the time at which it was signed.
Form of warrant
(6) The applicant must then complete a form of warrant in terms substantially corresponding to those given by the magistrate, stating on the form the name of the magistrate and the day on which and the time at which the warrant was signed.
Completed form of warrant to be given to magistrate
(7) The applicant must, not later than the day after the day of expiry of the warrant or the day after the day on which the warrant was executed, whichever is the earlier, give or transmit to the magistrate:
Attachment
(8) The magistrate is to attach to the documents provided under subsection (7) the form of warrant completed by the magistrate.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 417
Presumption
(9) If:
in evidence; the court is to assume, unless the contrary is proved, that the exercise of the power was not duly authorised.
417 The things that are authorised by a search warrant
Search of premises
(1) A warrant that is in force in relation to premises authorises the executing officer or an officer assisting:
if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in committing an offence against this Act or the regulations; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
Search of a person
(2) A warrant that is in force in relation to a person authorises the executing officer or an officer assisting:
if the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that seizure of the thing is necessary to prevent its concealment, loss or destruction or its use in
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 418
committing an offence against this Act or the regulations; and
(d) to seize other things found in the course of the search that the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds to be eligible seizable items.
Hours when search warrant may be executed
(3) If the warrant states that it may be executed only during particular hours, the warrant must not be executed outside those hours.
Ordinary searches or frisk searches
(4) If the warrant authorises an ordinary search or a frisk search of a person, a search of the person different from that so authorised must not be done.
Seized items may be made available to other agencies
(5) If things are seized under a warrant, the warrant authorises the executing officer to make the things available to officers of other agencies if it is necessary to do so for the purpose of investigating or prosecuting an offence to which the things relate.
418 Availability of assistance, and use of force, in executing a warrant
(1) In executing a warrant:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
(2) A person who is not an authorised officer must not take part in searching or arresting a person.
419 Details of warrant to be given to occupier etc.
420 Specific powers available to person executing warrant
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 421
(3) The execution of a warrant that is stopped by an order of a court may be completed if:
421 Use of equipment to examine or process things
or processing can be carried out in order to determine whether they are things that may be seized under the warrant.
(a) the equipment is suitable for the examination or processing; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
(b) the examination or processing can be carried out without damage to the equipment or thing.
422 Use of electronic equipment at premises
Operation of equipment
(1) The executing officer or an officer assisting may operate electronic equipment at the premises to see whether evidential material is accessible by doing so if he or she believes on reasonable grounds that the operation of the equipment can be carried out without damage to the equipment.
Seizure etc.
(2) If the executing officer or an officer assisting, after operating the equipment, finds that evidential material is accessible by doing so, he or she may:
operate the equipment or other facilities to copy the material to the storage device and take the storage device from the premises.
Limitation on seizure
(3) A person may seize equipment under paragraph (2)(a) only if:
(a) it is not practicable to put the material in document form as mentioned in paragraph (2)(b) or to copy the material as mentioned in paragraph (2)(c); or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 422
(b) possession of the equipment by the occupier could constitute an offence.
Securing equipment
(4) If the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that:
he or she may do whatever is necessary to secure the equipment, whether by locking it up, placing a guard or otherwise.
Notice about securing equipment
(5) The executing officer or an officer assisting must give notice to the occupier of the premises of his or her intention to secure equipment and of the fact that the equipment may be secured for up to 24 hours.
Period for which equipment may be secured
(6) The equipment may be secured:
Extension of period
(7) If the executing officer or an officer assisting believes on reasonable grounds that the expert assistance will not be available within 24 hours, he or she may apply to a magistrate for an extension of that period.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
Notice to occupier
(8) The executing officer or an officer assisting must give notice to the occupier of the premises of his or her intention to apply for an extension, and the occupier is entitled to be heard in relation to the application.
Provisions relating to extensions
(9) The provisions of this Division relating to the issue of warrants apply, with such modifications as are necessary, to the issuing of an extension.
423 Compensation for damage to electronic equipment
(1) If:
the equipment; compensation for the damage is payable to the owner of the equipment.
424 Copies of seized things to be provided
(1) Subject to subsection (2), if an authorised officer seizes, under a warrant relating to premises:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 4 Search warrants
Section 425
copied; the authorised officer must, if requested to do so by the occupier of the premises or another person who apparently represents the occupier and who is present when the warrant is executed, give a copy of the thing or the information to that person as soon as practicable after the seizure.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
425 Occupier entitled to be present during search
426 Receipts for things seized under warrant
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Search warrants Division 4
427 Restrictions on personal searches
A warrant can not authorise a strip search or a search of a person’s body cavities.
428 When a thing is in the possession of a person
This Division applies to a person (the possessor) who has a thing under his or her control in any place (whether for the use or benefit of the possessor or of another person), even if another person has the actual possession or custody of the thing, as if the possessor has possession of the thing.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 5 Stopping and searching aircraft, vehicles or vessels
Section 429
Division 5—Stopping and searching aircraft, vehicles or vessels
429 Searches of aircraft, vehicles or vessels without warrant in emergency situations
(a) may use such assistance as is necessary; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Stopping and searching aircraft, vehicles or vessels Division 5
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 6 Arrest and related matters
Section 430
Division 6—Arrest and related matters
430 Powers of arrest
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; and
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; and
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for inspection by that person.
(3) If a person is arrested under subsection (1), an authorised officer must without unreasonable delay bring the person, or cause the person to be brought, before a Justice of the Peace or other proper authority to be dealt with in accordance with law.
431 Power to conduct a frisk search of an arrested person
An authorised officer who arrests a person for an offence against this Act or the regulations, or who is present at such an arrest, may, if the authorised officer suspects on reasonable grounds that it is prudent to do so in order to ascertain whether the arrested person is carrying any eligible seizable items:
(a) conduct a frisk search of the arrested person at or soon after the time of arrest; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Arrest and related matters Division 6
(b) seize any eligible seizable items found as a result of the search.
432 Power to conduct an ordinary search of an arrested person
An authorised officer who arrests a person for an offence against this Act or the regulations, or who is present at such an arrest, may, if the authorised officer suspects on reasonable grounds that the arrested person is carrying:
the time or arrest, and seize any such thing found as a result of the search.
433 Power to conduct search of arrested person’s premises
An authorised officer who arrests a person at premises for an offence against this Act or the regulations, or who is present at such an arrest, may seize a thing in plain view at those premises that the authorised officer believes on reasonable grounds to be:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 7 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
Section 434
Division 7—Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
434 Conduct of ordinary searches and frisk searches
An ordinary search or a frisk search of a person under this Part must, if practicable, be conducted by a person of the same sex as the person being searched.
435 Announcement before entry
436 Offence of making false statements in warrants
A person is guilty of an offence punishable upon conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years if the person:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. Division 7
437 Offences relating to telephone warrants
A person must not:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
438 Retention of things which are seized
(1) Subject to any contrary order of a court, if a person seizes a thing under Division 4, 5or 6 the person must return it if:
unless the thing is forfeited or forfeitable to the Commonwealth or is the subject of a dispute as to ownership.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 7 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
Section 439
(2) If a thing is seized by an authorised officer under section 429, at the end of the 60 days specified in subsection (1), he or she must take reasonable steps to return the thing to the person from whom it was seized (or to the owner if that person is not entitled to possess it) unless:
439 Magistrate may permit a thing to be retained
(1) If a thing is seized under section 429, and:
a magistrate under this section; proceedings in respect of which the thing may afford evidence have not commenced, the authorised officer may apply to a magistrate for an order that he or she may retain the thing for a further period.
(2) If the magistrate is satisfied that it is necessary for the authorised officer to continue to retain the thing:
regulations to be secured for the purposes of a prosecution; the magistrate may order that the authorised officer may retain the thing for a period specified in the order.
(3) Before making the application, the authorised officer must:
(a) take reasonable steps to discover who has an interest in the retention of the thing; and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. Division 7
(b) if it is practicable to do so, notify each person who the authorised officer believes to have such an interest in the proposed application.
440 Law relating to legal professional privilege not affected
This Part does not affect the law relating to legal professional privilege.
441 Other laws about search, arrest etc. not affected
(1) This Part is not intended to limit or exclude the operation of another law of the Commonwealth relating to:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 7 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc.
Section 442
(2) To avoid doubt, it is declared that even though another law of the Commonwealth provides power to do one or more of the things referred to in subsection (1), a similar power conferred by this Part may be used despite the existence of the power under the other law.
442 Persons to assist authorised officers
(1) Subject to subsection (5), the owner, or person in charge:
section 405; must, if requested by an authorised officer to do so, provide reasonable assistance to the authorised officer in the performance of the functions, or carrying out of the duties, or the exercise of the powers, conferred on the authorised officer under this Act.
of the functions, or carrying out of the duties, or the exercise of the powers, conferred on the authorised officer under this Act.
(a) in the case of a member of a police force—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Miscellaneous provisions about searches, entry to premises, warrants etc. Division 7
(aa) in the case of an officer of Customs—produce, for inspection by that person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—produce his or her identity card for
inspection by that person; and, if the authorised officer fails to do so, that person is not obliged to comply with the request.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 8 Power to search goods, baggage etc.
Section 443
Division 8—Power to search goods, baggage etc.
443 Power to search goods, baggage etc.
baggage includes any parcel or other goods that:
goods includes baggage.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Power to ask questions about specimens Division 8A
Division 8A—Power to ask questions about specimens
443A Authorised officer may ask questions about the nature or origin of specimens
When section applies
(1) This section applies if an authorised officer has reasonable grounds to suspect that:
Note: Sections 303CC, 303CD, 303DD, 303EK and 303GN are included in Part 13A, which deals with international movement of wildlife specimens.
Questions
(2) If the authorised officer has reasonable grounds to suspect that a person has information about the nature or origin of the specimen, the authorised officer may ask the person one or more questions about the nature or origin of the specimen.
Answers to questions
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 8A Power to ask questions about specimens
Section 443A
No requirement to give incriminating answers
(6) If a person is asked a question under subsection (2), the person is not required to answer the question if the answer might tend to incriminate the person or expose the person to a penalty.
Identity cards etc.
(7) If a person is asked a question under subsection (2) by an authorised officer, the person is not required to answer the question unless:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Power to ask for names and addresses Division 9
Division 9—Power to ask for names and addresses
444 Authorised person may ask for person’s name and address
(a) if the authorised officer is a member of a police force—he or she produces, for inspection by the person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is a member of that police force; or
(aa) if the authorised officer is an officer of Customs—he or she produces, for inspection by the person, written evidence of the fact that he or she is an officer of Customs; or
(b) in any other case—the authorised officer produces his or her identity card for inspection by the person.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 444A
Division 10—Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Subdivision AA—Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A
444A Seizure of specimens involved in a contravention of Part 13A
An authorised officer may seize a specimen if he or she has reasonable grounds to suspect that the specimen has been used or otherwise involved in the commission of an offence against Part 13A.
Note: Part 13A deals with international movement of wildlife specimens.
444B Notice about seizure
(1) Subject to subsection (2), if a specimen is seized by an authorised officer under section 444A, the authorised officer must give:
specimen immediately before it was seized; a written notice:
(2) An authorised officer is not required to give a notice under subsection (1) about a specimen if, after making such inquiries as the authorised officer thinks appropriate, the authorised officer does not, within 30 days after the seizure, have sufficient information to enable the authorised officer to give the notice. In that event, the authorised officer must keep a written record of the seizure.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
444C Applications for return of specimen
Note: Under section 444G, the Secretary may retain the specimen for up to 30 days after making a decision on the application.
444D Court action for return of specimen
involved in the commission of the offence concerned; the court must order the specimen to be forfeited to the Commonwealth.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 444E
(4) If:
(iii) the disposal of the specimen under section 449; the specimen is forfeited to the Commonwealth.
444E Consignment of specimen with consent of owner
(1) If:
the Secretary may, with the consent of the owner of the specimen, consign the specimen to a place in the foreign country.
(2) The consignment is to be at the expense of the owner of the specimen.
444F Release of specimen
If a specimen is seized under section 444A, the Secretary may release the specimen to the owner, or to the person from whose possession the specimen was seized, either:
(a) unconditionally; or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(b) on such conditions as the Secretary thinks fit (including conditions about the giving of security for payment of its value if it is forfeited).
444G Retention of specimen
(1) If a specimen is seized under section 444A, the specimen may be retained until the end of 30 days after whichever is the latest of the following events:
the termination of the proceedings (including any appeal to a court in relation to those proceedings);
(e) if proceedings under section 444K are instituted during the period within which an application may be made under subsection 444C(1) in relation to the specimen—the termination of the proceedings (including any appeal to a court in relation to those proceedings).
(2) The rule in subsection (1) does not authorise the retention of the specimen if the owner of the specimen succeeds in an action under subsection 444D(1) for the delivery of the specimen to the owner. Nor does that rule require the return of the specimen if proceedings under subsection 444D(1) relating to the specimen are pending.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 444H
444H Forfeiture of specimen after end of retention period
(1) If:
(iii) the owner of the specimen brings an action under subsection 444D(1) for the delivery of the specimen to the owner;
the specimen is forfeited to the Commonwealth at the end of that period.
(2) Subsection (1) has effect only to the extent (if any) to which it gives effect to paragraph 1(b) of Article VIII of CITES.
444J Forfeiture of specimen by consent etc.
(1) If:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
(e) the provisions of this Part relating to forfeiture apply as if the specimen had been forfeited to the Commonwealth under this Act.
(2) If:
the Secretary may retain the specimen:
(3) Subsection (2) has effect despite anything in section 444G.
444K Forfeiture of specimen by order of a civil court
If:
contravention of Part 13A; a court may, on the application of the Secretary, order the forfeiture to the Commonwealth of the specimen.
Subdivision A—Seizure of goods
445 Seizure of goods
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 446
446 Retention of goods that have been seized
(1) Goods seized under section 445 may be retained until:
the proceedings (including any appeal to a court in relation to those proceedings) are terminated.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
447 Disposal of goods if there is no owner or owner cannot be located
If:
reasonable efforts, locate the owner; the Secretary may dispose of the goods in such manner as the Secretary thinks appropriate.
448 Release of goods that have been seized
The Secretary may authorise goods seized under section 445 or anything in, on or attached to such goods to be released to their owner, or to the person from whose possession they were seized, either:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 449
Subdivision B—Immediate disposal of seized items
449 Immediate disposal of seized items
(1) If:
(iii) result in the introduction of an alien species that represents a threat to ecosystems, habitats or other species; or
threat to the health of the organism; the Secretary may cause the thing to be dealt with in such manner as the Secretary considers appropriate (including the destruction of the thing).
(2) Subject to subsection (3), if a thing is dealt with in accordance with subsection (1), the Secretary must give to:
thing immediately before it was seized; a written notice:
The notice must be given as soon as practicable after the thing is so dealt with.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
Subdivision C—Court-ordered forfeiture
450 Court-ordered forfeiture
(1) If a court convicts a person of an offence against this Act or the regulations, the court may order the forfeiture to the Commonwealth of any thing used or otherwise involved in the commission of the offence.
(1A) If a court convicts a person of an offence against Part 13A, the court must order the forfeiture to the Commonwealth of any specimen used or otherwise involved in the commission of the offence.
Note: Part 13A deals with the international movement of wildlife specimens.
(2) A court may make an order under subsection (1) or (1A) even if the thing or specimen has been seized under this Act.
Subdivision D—Dealings in forfeited items
451 Dealings in forfeited items
(1) A thing forfeited to the Commonwealth under this Act becomes the property of the Commonwealth.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 452
Subdivision E—Delivery of forfeited items to the Commonwealth
452 Delivery of forfeited items to the Commonwealth
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Subdivision F—Keeping of organisms that have been seized
453 Keeping of organisms retained under this Part
If a person is authorised under this Part to retain an organism, the person may do so by causing the organism to be taken to, and kept at, a place approved by the Secretary for the purpose of keeping organisms seized under this Division.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Seizure and forfeiture etc. Division 10
454 Recovery of costs of storing or keeping organisms
to the reasonable costs incurred by the Commonwealth in disposing of the organism.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 10 Seizure and forfeiture etc.
Section 455
Subdivision G—Rescuing goods
455 Rescuing goods
A person is guilty of an offence punishable upon conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years if:
456 Breaking or destroying goods or documents to prevent seizure etc.
(1) A person must not:
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(2) This section applies to vehicles, vessels, aircraft, platforms, documents and organisms in the same way as it applies to goods.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Powers of pursuit Division 11
Division 11—Powers of pursuit
457 Power to pursue persons etc.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 12 Environmental audits
Section 458
Division 12—Environmental audits
458 Directed environmental audits
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Environmental audits Division 12
(4) For the purposes of this Act, an environmental authority is:
459 Appointment of auditor and carrying out of audit
460 Nature of directed environmental audit
(1) If:
section 458 as a matter that is to be covered by the audit; the auditor is guilty of an offence, punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 30 penalty units.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibilities.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 12 Environmental audits
Section 461
(2) If:
the auditor is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6 months.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
461 Audit reports
(a) on or before the date specified by the Minister under paragraph 458(2)(c); or
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Environmental audits Division 12
(b) on or before such later date as the Minister, on application by the holder, determines.
(3) If the holder fails to comply with subsection (2), the holder is guilty of an offence, punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 50 penalty units.
Note: | Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of |
criminal responsibilities. | |
(4) If: |
the auditor is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6 months.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
462 Directed environmental audits do not affect other audit obligations
This Division does not affect any obligation of a holder of an environmental authority to carry out an environmental audit in accordance with a condition of the authority.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 463
Division 13—Conservation orders Subdivision A—Simplified outline 463 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister may make conservation orders controlling activities, and requiring specified people to take specified actions, in Commonwealth areas to protect listed threatened species or ecological communities.
A person who contravenes a conservation order commits an offence.
Before the Minister makes a conservation order, he or she must consult various Commonwealth agencies.
The Secretary must publicise conservation orders, and may give assistance to a person to comply with a conservation order.
Subdivision B—Making and reviewing conservation orders
464 Minister may make conservation orders
Making conservation orders
(1) The Minister may make a written order (a conservation order):
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
Note: Section 470 makes contravening a conservation order an offence.
Prerequisite to making conservation order
(2) The Minister may only make a conservation order if he or she reasonably believes that it is necessary to make the order to protect a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community.
Minister must consider economic and social matters
(3) In considering whether to make a conservation order, the Minister must be satisfied that making the order is justified, having regard to economic and social considerations that are consistent with the principles of ecologically sustainable development.
Minister must consult before making conservation order
(4) Before making a conservation order, the Minister:
465 Duration of conservation orders
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 466
466 Reviews of conservation orders
467 Publication of conservation orders
(a) cause to be published in the Gazette, in a daily newspaper circulating in each State or self-governing Territory in which are located Commonwealth areas to which the order relates and in any other way required by the regulations, a notice containing:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
(iii) if applicable, a statement of the decision on the review; and
(iv) a statement to the effect that a person affected by the order may apply to the Minister, within 28 days of the publication (or within such further period as the Minister allows), for a reconsideration of the order by the Minister; and
(b) take all reasonable steps to ensure that each person who the Secretary knows would be affected by the order is given a notice containing:
(iii) unless the person is a Commonwealth agency or an agency of a State or self-governing Territory—a statement to the effect that contravention of the order is an offence against this Act; and
(iv) a statement to the effect that the person may apply to the Minister, within 28 days of being given the notice (or within such further period as the Minister allows), for a reconsideration of the order by the Minister.
(3) Failure to comply with this section does not affect the validity of the order.
468 Application for reconsideration of conservation orders or decisions on review
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 469
(4) If the person is given a copy of the order after that publication, the period of 28 days within which that person must make the application is taken to commence on the day on which the person received the notice.
469 Reconsideration of conservation orders and decisions on review
Subdivision C—Complying with conservation orders
470 Contravening conservation orders is an offence
(1) A person must not take an action reckless as to whether the action contravenes a conservation order.
Penalty: 500 penalty units.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Conservation orders Division 13
471 Minister to consider proposed actions etc.
472 Contents of notices of advice
(a) a statement to the effect that, if the person is dissatisfied with the Minister’s decision to give that advice, application may, subject to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 13 Conservation orders
Section 473
(b) a statement to the effect that the person may request a statement under section 28 of that Act in relation to the decision.
473 Review by the Administrative Appeals Tribunal
474 Assistance in complying with conservation orders
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Injunctions Division 14
Division 14—Injunctions
475 Injunctions for contravention of the Act
Applications for injunctions
(1) If a person has engaged, engages or proposes to engage in conduct consisting of an act or omission that constitutes an offence or other contravention of this Act or the regulations:
that is an interested person; may apply to the Federal Court for an injunction.
Prohibitory injunctions
(2) If a person has engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in conduct constituting an offence or other contravention of this Act or the regulations, the Court may grant an injunction restraining the person from engaging in the conduct.
Additional orders with prohibitory injunctions
(3) If the court grants an injunction restraining a person from engaging in conduct and in the Court’s opinion it is desirable to do so, the Court may make an order requiring the person to do something (including repair or mitigate damage to the environment).
Mandatory injunctions
(4) If a person has refused or failed, or is refusing or failing, or is proposing to refuse or fail to do an act, and the refusal or failure did, does or would constitute an offence or other contravention of this Act or the regulations, the Court may grant an injunction requiring the person to do the act.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14 Injunctions
Section 475
Interim injunctions
(5) Before deciding an application for an injunction under this section, the Court may grant an interim injunction:
Meaning of interested person—individuals
(6) For the purposes of an application for an injunction relating to conduct or proposed conduct, an individual is an interested person if the individual is an Australian citizen or ordinarily resident in Australia or an external Territory, and:
Meaning of interested person—organisations
(7) For the purposes of an application for an injunction relating to conduct or proposed conduct, an organisation (whether incorporated or not) is an interested person if it is incorporated (or was otherwise established) in Australia or an external Territory and one or more of the following conditions are met:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Injunctions Division 14
(c) if the application relates to proposed conduct—at any time during the 2 years immediately before the making of the application:
476 Injunctions for contraventions of conservation agreements
Applications for injunctions
(1) If a person bound by a conservation agreement engages or proposes to engage in conduct consisting of an act or omission that constitutes a contravention of the agreement, another person bound by the agreement or the Minister may apply to the Federal Court for an injunction.
Note: Section 307 explains who is bound by a conservation agreement.
Prohibitory injunctions
(2) If a person has engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in conduct contravening the agreement, the Court may grant an injunction restraining the person from engaging in the conduct.
Additional orders with prohibitory injunctions
(3) If the court grants an injunction restraining a person from engaging in conduct and in the Court’s opinion it is desirable to do so, the Court may make an order requiring the person to do something (including repair or mitigate damage to the environment).
Mandatory injunctions
(4) If a person has refused or failed, or is refusing or failing, or is proposing to refuse or fail to do an act, and the refusal or failure was, is or would be a contravention of the agreement, the Court may grant an injunction requiring the person to do the act.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 14 Injunctions
Section 477
Interim injunctions
(5) Before deciding an application for an injunction under this section the Court may grant an interim injunction:
477 Discharge of injunctions
On application, the Federal Court may discharge or vary an injunction.
478 No undertakings as to damages
The Federal Court is not to require an applicant for an injunction to give an undertaking as to damages as a condition of granting an interim injunction.
479 Certain considerations for granting injunctions not relevant
Prohibitory injunctions
(1) The Federal Court may grant an injunction restraining a person from engaging in conduct:
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Injunctions Division 14
Mandatory injunctions
(2) The Federal Court may grant an injunction requiring a person to do a particular act or thing:
480 Powers conferred are in addition to other powers of the Court
The powers conferred on the Federal Court by this Division are in addition to (and do not limit) any other powers of the Court.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 15 Civil penalties
Section 481
Division 15—Civil penalties
Subdivision A—Obtaining an order for a civil penalty
481 Federal Court may order person to pay pecuniary penalty for contravening civil penalty provision
Application for order
(1) Within 6 years of a person (the wrongdoer) contravening a civil penalty provision, the Minister may apply on behalf of the Commonwealth to the Federal Court for an order that the wrongdoer pay the Commonwealth a pecuniary penalty.
Court may order wrongdoer to pay pecuniary penalty
(2) If the Court is satisfied that the wrongdoer has contravened a civil penalty provision, the Court may order the wrongdoer to pay to the Commonwealth for each contravention the pecuniary penalty that the Court determines is appropriate (but not more than the relevant amount specified for the provision).
Determining amount of pecuniary penalty
(3) In determining the pecuniary penalty, the Court must have regard to all relevant matters, including:
Conduct contravening more than one civil penalty provision
(4) If conduct constitutes a contravention of 2 or more civil penalty provisions, proceedings may be instituted under this Act against a
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Civil penalties Division 15
person in relation to the contravention of any one or more of those provisions. However, the person is not liable to more than one pecuniary penalty under this section in respect of the same conduct.
482 What is a civil penalty provision?
A subsection of this Act (or a section of this Act that is not divided into subsections) is a civil penalty provision if:
483 Contravening a civil penalty provision is not an offence
A contravention of a civil penalty provision is not an offence.
484 Persons involved in contravening civil penalty provision
485 Recovery of a pecuniary penalty
If the Federal Court orders a person to pay a pecuniary penalty:
(a) the penalty is payable to the Commonwealth; and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 15 Civil penalties
Section 486
(b) the Commonwealth may enforce the order as if it were a judgment of the Court.
486 Gathering information for application for pecuniary penalty
Subdivision B—Civil penalty proceedings and criminal proceedings
486A Civil proceedings after criminal proceedings
The Federal Court must not make a pecuniary penalty order against a person for a contravention of a civil penalty provision if the person has been convicted of an offence constituted by conduct that is substantially the same as the conduct constituting the contravention.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Civil penalties Division 15
486B Criminal proceedings during civil proceedings
486C Criminal proceedings after civil proceedings
Criminal proceedings may be started against a person for conduct that is substantially the same as conduct constituting a contravention of a civil penalty provision regardless of whether a pecuniary penalty order has been made against the person.
486D Evidence given in proceedings for penalty not admissible in criminal proceedings
Evidence of information given or evidence of production of documents by an individual is not admissible in criminal proceedings against the individual if:
However, this does not apply to a criminal proceeding in respect of the falsity of the evidence given by the individual in the proceedings for the pecuniary penalty order.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 16 Review of administrative decisions
Section 487
Division 16—Review of administrative decisions
487 Extended standing for judicial review
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Review of administrative decisions Division 16
protection or conservation of, or research into, the environment.
(4) A term (except person aggrieved) used in this section and in the Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977 has the same meaning in this section as it has in that Act.
488 Applications on behalf of unincorporated organisations
(1) A person acting on behalf of an unincorporated organisation that is a person aggrieved (for the purposes of the Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977) by:
under this Act or the regulations; may apply under that Act for a review of the decision, failure or conduct.
(2) The Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977 applies in relation to the person as if he or she were a person aggrieved.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 17 Duty to provide accurate information
Section 489
Division 17—Duty to provide accurate information
489 Providing false or misleading information to obtain approval or permit
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: The fault element in paragraph (1)(b) can be demonstrated by proof of knowledge. See subsection 5.4(4) of the Criminal Code.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by:
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
(2A) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2B) An offence against subsection (2A) is punishable on conviction by a fine not more than 30 penalty units.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Duty to provide accurate information Division 17
(3) Subsections (1) and (2A) do not apply to a requirement to provide information that is imposed by a condition attached to an environmental authority.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (3). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
490 Providing false or misleading information in response to a condition on an approval or permit
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: The fault element in paragraph (1)(d) can be demonstrated by proof of knowledge. See subsection 5.4(4) of the Criminal Code.
(2) The offence is punishable on conviction by:
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
491 Providing false or misleading information to authorised officer etc.
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if the person:
(a) provides information or a document to another person (the recipient); and
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 17 Duty to provide accurate information
Section 491
(b) knows the recipient is:
(iii) an employee or officer in the Department; or
(iv) a commissioner;
performing a duty or carrying out a function under this Act or the regulations; and
(c) knows the information or document is false or misleading in a material particular.
(2) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 1 year, a fine not more than 60 penalty units, or
both. | |
---|---|
Note: | Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection. |
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of executive officers for corporations Division 18
Division 18—Liability of executive officers for corporations
493 Who is an executive officer of a body corporate?
In this Act:
executive officer of a body corporate means a person, by whatever name called and whether or not a director of the body, who is concerned in, or takes part in, the management of the body.
494 Civil penalties for executive officers of bodies corporate
(1) If:
contravention; the officer contravenes this subsection.
(2) Subsection (1) is a civil penalty provision. Under section 481, the Federal Court may order a person contravening subsection (1) to pay a pecuniary penalty not more than the pecuniary penalty the Court could order an individual to pay for contravening the civil penalty provision contravened by the body corporate.
495 Criminal liability of executive officers of bodies corporate
(1) If:
(a) a body corporate contravenes:
(i) section 489 (Providing false or misleading information to obtain approval or permit); or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 18 Liability of executive officers for corporations
Section 495
(ii) section 490 (Providing false or misleading information in response to a condition on an approval or permit); or
(iii) section 491 (Providing false or misleading information to authorised officer etc.); and
contravention; the officer is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years.
Note 1: | Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility. |
Note 2: | Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months). |
(2) If: |
(a) a body corporate contravenes:
(i) section 15A (Offences relating to declared World Heritage properties); or
(ia) section 15C (Offences relating to National Heritage places); or
(ii) section 17B (Offences relating to declared Ramsar wetlands); or
(iii) section 18A (Offences relating to threatened species etc.); or
(vii) section 27A (Offences relating to Commonwealth land); or
(viii) section 142A (Offence of breaching conditions on approvan( � and
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Liability of executive officers for corporations Division 18
contravention; the officer is guilty of an offence.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(3) An offence against subsection (2) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not exceeding the term specified in the provision contravened by the body corporate.
Note: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
496 Did an executive officer take reasonable steps to prevent contravention?
(1) For the purposes of sections 494 and 495, in determining whether an executive officer of a body corporate failed to take all reasonable steps to prevent the contravention, a court is to have regard to:
(a) what action (if any) the officer took directed towards ensuring the following (to the extent that the action is relevant to the contravention):
(iii) that the body has an appropriate system established for managing the effects of the body’s activities on the environment;
(iv) that the body’s employees, agents and contractors have a reasonable knowledge and understanding of the requirements to comply with this Act and the
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 18 Liability of executive officers for corporations
Section 496
regulations, in so far as those requirements affect the employees, agents or contractors concerned; and
(b) what action (if any) the officer took when he or she became aware that the body was contravening:
(iii) if the body contravened Part 3 or section 142 or 142A— any environmental management plan that was prepared by the body, and approved by the Minister, as required by a condition attached to an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 of the body’s taking of an action.
(2) This section does not, by implication, limit the generality of sections 494 and 495.
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Infringement notices Division 19
Division 19—Infringement notices
497 Infringement notices
Chapter 6 Administration Part 17 Enforcement Division 20 Publicising contraventions
Section 498
Division 20—Publicising contraventions
498 Minister may publicise contraventions of this Act or the regulations
Administration Chapter 6 Enforcement Part 17 Immunity of officers Division 21
Division 21—Immunity of officers
498A Immunity of officers and assistants
Chapter 6 Administration Part 18 Remedying environmental damage
Section 499
Part 18—Remedying environmental damage
499 Commonwealth powers to remedy environmental damage
Administration Chapter 6 Remedying environmental damage Part 18
Section 500
(c) the action results in damage to the environment or gives rise
to a condition relating to the environment; then, for the purposes of this section and section 500, the damage or condition is taken to arise from the provision of false or misleading information in contravention of section 489.
(4) This section does not affect the exercise by the Commonwealth or the Minister of powers under another provision of this Act or under any other law.
500 Liability for loss or damage caused by contravention
(i) the environment; or
Chapter 6 Administration Part 18 Remedying environmental damage
Section 501
(ii) if the contravention was of a provision of Part 3—the matter protected by the provision.
Note: This makes the person who contravenes the Act liable to pay the Commonwealth the expenses reasonably incurred in taking steps under section 499 in relation to the contravention.
501 Other powers not affected
This Division does not affect any other powers or rights under this Act, the regulations or any other law.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Establishment and functions of the Threatened Species Scientific Committee Division
Section 502
Part 19—Organisations
Division 1—Establishment and functions of the Threatened Species Scientific Committee
502 Establishment
503 Functions of the Committee
The functions of the Committee are:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 2 Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee
Section 504
Division 2—Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee
504 Establishment
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Establishment and functions of the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee Division
Section 505
(6) The Minister must ensure that a majority of the members are not persons employed by the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agencies.
505 Functions of the Committee
The functions of the Committee are:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 2A Indigenous Advisory Committee
Section 505A
Division 2A—Indigenous Advisory Committee
505A Establishment
505B Functions of the Committee
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Members and procedures of Committees Division 3
Division 3—Members and procedures of Committees
506 Application
This Division applies to the following Committees:
507 Terms and conditions
Term of office
(1) A member of a Committee holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 5 years.
Note: Section 509 sets out the circumstances in which a member’s appointment may be (or must be) terminated.
Resignation
(2) A member of a Committee may resign his or her appointment by giving the Minister a written resignation.
Other terms and conditions
(3) A member of a Committee holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) that are determined by the Minister in relation to matters not covered by this Act or the regulations.
508 Remuneration
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 3 Members and procedures of Committees
Section 509
(3) This section has effect subject to the Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973.
509 Termination of appointments of Committee members
Termination when person stops being qualified for appointment
(1) The appointment of a person to a position of member of a Committee is terminated when the person ceases to be qualified for appointment to the position.
Termination for misbehaviour or incapacity
(2) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee for misbehaviour or physical or mental incapacity.
Termination for failure to attend Committee meetings
(3) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if the member is absent, except on leave of absence, from 3 consecutive meetings of the Committee of which the member has had notice.
Termination for engaging in conflicting work
(4) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if the member engages in paid employment that, in the Minister’s opinion, conflicts or could conflict with the proper performance of the duties of the member.
Termination for failure to disclose interests
(5) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if:
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Members and procedures of Committees Division 3
Termination for bankruptcy or insolvency
(6) The Minister may terminate the appointment of a member of a Committee if the member:
510 Procedure of a Committee
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 4 Advisory committees
Section 511
Division 4—Advisory committees
511 Minister may establish advisory committees
512 Appointments
513 Members of advisory committees
The regulations may provide for the terms and conditions applicable to members of an advisory committee, including terms and conditions relating to:
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Advisory committees Division 4
514 Committee procedure
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514A
Division 5—Director of National Parks Subdivision A—Establishment, functions and powers 514A Continuation
The corporation sole that existed under section 15 of the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 1975 immediately before the commencement of this Act continues in existence as the Director of National Parks.
Note: | Subject to section 514U, the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 applies to the Director. That Act deals with matters relating to Commonwealth authorities, including reporting and accountability, banking and investment, and conduct of officers. |
514B Functions |
(1) The functions of the Director are:
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
Note: Section 514D sets out requirements relating to the performance of the Director’s functions.
(2) The Director may perform any of the Director’s functions in co-operation with a State, a self-governing Territory, an agency of a State or self-governing Territory or a Commonwealth agency.
514C Powers
Note: Section 514D sets out limits on the Director’s powers.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514D
514D Requirements relating to functions and powers
Ministerial directions
(1) The Director must perform the Director’s functions and exercise the Director’s powers in accordance with any directions given by the Minister, unless this Act provides otherwise.
Consultation
(2) The Director must consult and have regard to the views of the following persons in relation to the performance of the Director’s functions and the exercise of the Director’s powers in relation to a Commonwealth reserve or conservation zone:
Australian National Botanic Gardens in Jervis Bay Territory
(3) The Director must consult and have regard to the views of the Chairperson of the Wreck Bay Aboriginal Community Council in relation to the performance of the Director’s functions and the exercise of the Director’s powers in relation to the part of the Commonwealth reserve known as the Australian National Botanic Gardens that is in the Jervis Bay Territory.
Trust property
(4) The Director must deal with any money or property vested in the Director on trust in accordance with the powers and duties of the Director as trustee, despite the other provisions of this Act.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
Limits on contracts and leases
(5) The Director must not:
than 10 years; without the Minister’s approval.
No borrowing
(6) The Director must not borrow money in the performance of the Director’s functions.
Subdivision B—Constitution of Director of National Parks
514E Constitution
514F Appointment
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514G
and management of biodiversity that make the person suitable for the appointment.
(3) The appointment is on a full-time basis. However, a person appointed as the Director may also hold an office or be employed in the Australian Public Service on a part-time basis, subject to this Division.
514G Acting appointments
Subdivision C—Terms and conditions of appointment
514H Term of office
The person appointed as the Director holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 7 years.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
514J Remuneration
514K Outside employment
The person appointed as the Director must not engage in paid employment outside the duties of the Director’s office without the Minister’s approval.
514L Disclosure of interests
If the person appointed as the Director has a material personal interest in a matter that he or she is considering or is about to consider as the Director, the person must give written notice of the interest to the Minister.
514M Leave of absence
514N Resignation
The person appointed as the Director may resign his or her appointment by giving the Governor-General a written resignation.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514P
514P Termination
514Q Other terms and conditions
The person appointed as the Director holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) in relation to matters not covered by this Act that are determined by the Governor-General.
Subdivision D—Australian National Parks Fund
514R Australian National Parks Fund
The fund established by section 45 of the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 1975 continues in existence as the Australian National Parks Fund, vested in the Director.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
514S Payments to Australian National Parks Fund
The following amounts are to be paid into the Australian National Parks Fund:
514T Application of money
(1) The money of the Australian National Parks Fund may be applied only:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 19 Organisations Division 5 Director of National Parks
Section 514U
(2) Subsection (1) does not prevent investment of surplus money of the Fund under section 18 of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997.
Subdivision E—Accountability
514U Modification of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997
514V Extra matters to be included in annual report
The annual report prepared by the Director under section 9 of the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 must also include particulars of any directions given by the Minister under subsection 514D(1) of this Act during the year to which the report relates.
Subdivision F—Miscellaneous
514W Exemption from taxation
The income of the Australian National Parks Fund and the property and transactions of the Director are not subject to taxation under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
Administration Chapter 6 Organisations Part 19 Director of National Parks Division 5
514X Changes in office of Director
An authority given, or a delegation or appointment made, by a person for the time being holding or acting in the office of Director continues in force despite the person ceasing to hold or act in that office, but may be revoked by a person later holding or acting in that office.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 20 Delegation
Section 515
Part 20—Delegation
515 Delegation
Administration Chapter 6 Publication of information on the Internet Part 20A
Section 515A
Part 20A—Publication of information on the Internet
515A Publication of information on the Internet
Without limiting the operation of section 170A, the Secretary must publish on the Internet each week a list of:
Chapter 6 Administration Part 21 Reporting
Section 516
Part 21—Reporting
Division 1—Annual reports
516 Annual report on operation of Act
Note 1: | Other provisions of this Act require the report to include certain matters. |
Note 2: | Section 34C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 sets out rules about the time within which annual reports must be given to the Minister. |
516A Annual reports to deal with environmental matters
Agency annual reports
(1) The Head of an Agency (as defined in the Public Service Act 1999) must ensure that an annual report under that Act on the Agency’s activities complies with subsection (6).
Annual reports of Commonwealth authorities
(3) The directors of a Commonwealth authority (as defined in the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997) must ensure that an annual report relating to the authority prepared under that Act complies with subsection (6).
Administration Chapter 6 Reporting Part 21 Annual reports Division 1
Annual reports of Commonwealth companies
(4) A Commonwealth company (as defined in the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997) that is a Commonwealth agency must ensure that the documents given to the responsible Minister (as defined in that Act) under section 36 of that Act include a report complying with subsection (6).
Annual reports of other Commonwealth agencies
(5) A Commonwealth agency that is:
Content of report
(6) A report described in subsection (1), (3), (4) or (5) relating to a body or person (the reporter) for a period must:
Note: The Auditor-General Act 1997 lets the Auditor-General audit a reporter’s compliance with these requirements.
Chapter 6 Administration Part 21 Reporting Division 1 Annual reports
Section 516A
(7) In subsection (6):
activities includes:
Administration Chapter 6 Reporting Part 21 State of the environment reports Division 2
Division 2—State of the environment reports
516B State of the environment reports
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 517
Chapter 7—Miscellaneous
Part 22—Miscellaneous
517 Determinations of species
518 Non-compliance with time limits
(a) cause to be prepared a statement setting out the reasons why each of those things was not done within the period required by this Act or the regulations; and
Miscellaneous Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22
Section 519
(b) cause a copy of the statement to be laid before each House of the Parliament as soon as practicable after the end of the financial year.
(3) Subsection (1) does not reduce or remove an obligation under this Act or the regulations to do a thing within a particular period.
519 Compensation for acquisition of property
When compensation is necessary
(1) If, apart from this section, the operation of this Act would result in an acquisition of property from a person that would be invalid because of paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution (which deals with acquisition of property on just terms) the Commonwealth must pay the person a reasonable amount of compensation.
Definition
(2) In this Act:
acquisition of property has the same meaning as in paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution.
Court can decide amount of compensation
(3) If the Commonwealth and the person do not agree on the amount of compensation to be paid, the person may apply to the Federal Court for the recovery from the Commonwealth of a reasonable amount of compensation fixed by the Court.
Other compensation to be taken into account
(4) In assessing compensation payable by the Commonwealth, the Court must take into account any other compensation or remedy arising out of the same event or situation.
520 Regulations
(1) The Governor-General may make regulations prescribing all matters:
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 520
Miscellaneous Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22
Section 521
(8) The regulations may prohibit or regulate the possession in an external Territory of:
521 Fees and charges must not be taxes
A fee or charge provided for by or under this Act, and whether prescribed by the regulations or not, must be reasonably related to the expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Commonwealth in relation to the matters to which the fee or charge relates and must not be such as to amount to taxation.
522 Financial assistance etc. to be paid out of appropriated money
Payment of amounts of financial assistance under this Act, and of any amounts that the Commonwealth is required to pay to a person under this Act or an agreement made under this Act, are to be made out of money appropriated by the Parliament for the purpose.
522A Review of operation of Act
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Part 22 Miscellaneous
Section 522A
(4) The Minister must cause a copy of the report to be laid before each House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days of that House after the Minister receives it.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
Chapter 8—Definitions
Part 23—Definitions
Division 1—Some definitions relating to particular topics
Subdivision A—Actions
523 Actions
(1) Subject to this Subdivision, action includes:
524 Things that are not actions
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 1 Some definitions relating to particular topics
Section 524A
(3) To avoid doubt, a decision by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency to grant a governmental authorisation under one of the following Acts is not an action:
(h) the Trade Practices Act 1974. This subsection does not limit this section.
524A Provision of grant funding is not an action
Provision of funding by way of a grant by one of the following is not an action:
Subdivision B—Areas
525 Commonwealth areas
What is a Commonwealth area?
(1) Each of the following, and any part of it, is a Commonwealth area:
(a) land owned by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency (including land owned in Norfolk Island) and airspace over the land;
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
Territory Land in ACT is not a Commonwealth area
(2) Despite paragraph (1)(a), an area of land that is Territory Land, within the meaning of the Australian Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988 is not a Commonwealth area merely because of that paragraph, unless it is held under lease by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency.
Coastal waters of States and NT are not Commonwealth areas
(3) Despite paragraphs (1)(d), (e) and (f), none of the following areas (or parts of them) are Commonwealth areas:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 1 Some definitions relating to particular topics
Section 526
Subdivision C—Entities
526 Subsidiaries of bodies corporate
The question whether a body corporate is a subsidiary of a body or company is to be determined in the same way as the question whether a body corporate is a subsidiary of another body corporate is determined for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001.
Subdivision D—Criminal law
527 Convictions
A reference in this Act to a conviction of a person of an offence includes a reference to making an order under section 19B of the Crimes Act 1914 in relation to the person in respect of the offence.
Subdivision E—Specimens
527A Specimens
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
this Act does not include sections 356 and 390E.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 1 Some definitions relating to particular topics
Section 527B
527B Breeding in captivity
For the purposes of this Act, a live animal of a particular kind is taken to have been bred in captivity if, and only if, it was bred in circumstances declared by the regulations to be circumstances the breeding in which of:
includes live animals of that kind; would constitute breeding in captivity.
527C Artificial propagation
For the purposes of this Act, a live plant of a particular kind is taken to have been artificially propagated if, and only if, it was propagated in circumstances declared by the regulations to be circumstances the propagation in which of:
live plants of that kind; would constitute artificial propagation.
527D Things represented to be CITES specimens
(1) For the purposes of this Act, if a thing is represented by an accompanying document, the package or a mark or label, or from any other circumstances, to be:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Some definitions relating to particular topics Division 1
then the thing is taken to be a CITES specimen.
Note: This subsection has the effect (among other things) of widening the scope of sections 303CC, 303CD and 303GN, which are offence provisions relating to the export, import and possession of specimens.
CITES listed animal means an animal of a species included in Appendix I, II or III to CITES. CITES listed plant means a plant of a species included in
Appendix I, II or III to CITES. export has the same meaning as in Part 13A. import has the same meaning as in Part 13A.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
Division 2—General list of definitions
528 Definitions
In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:
accredited management plan has the meaning given by subsection 33(2).
acquisition of property has the meaning given by subsection 519(2).
action has the meaning given by Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 23.
agency of a State or self-governing Territory means:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
an agency of the State or Territory for the purposes of this definition; or
(iii) if the Territory is the Northern Territory or Norfolk Island—the Administrator of the Territory; or
(iv) a Minister of the State or Territory; otherwise than by or under a law of the State or Territory.
aircraft means an apparatus that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air.
animal means any member, alive or dead, of the animal kingdom (other than a human being).
animal reproductive material means:
Apia Convention means the Convention on Conservation of Nature in the South Pacific, done at Apia, Western Samoa, on 12 June 1976, as in force for Australia immediately before the commencement of this Act.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1990 No. 41.
article includes a substance or a mixture of substances.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
artificially propagated, in relation to a plant or plant reproductive material, has the meaning given by section 527C.
assess an action includes assess the impacts that the action:
meaning given by section 340.
Australian Heritage Council means the body established by the Australian Heritage Council Act 2003. Australian IUCN reserve management principles has the meaning
given by subsection 348(1). Australian jurisdiction has the meaning given by subsection 5(5). Australian platform has the meaning given by section 403. Australian Ramsar management principles has the meaning given
by section 335. Australian vessel has the meaning given by subsection 5(5). Australian World Heritage management principles has the
meaning given by section 323. authorised officer means:
subsection 46(2).
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
biodiversity means the variability among living organisms from all sources (including terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part) and includes:
Biodiversity Convention means the Convention on Biological Diversity done at Rio de Janeiro on 5 June 1992, as in force for Australia immediately before the commencement of this Act.
Note: The English text of this Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1993 No. 32.
biological resources includes genetic resources, organisms, parts of organisms, populations and any other biotic component of an ecosystem with actual or potential use or value for humanity.
Biosphere reserve has the meaning given by section 337.
Board means a Board established under section 377.
Bonn Convention means the Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals done at Bonn on 23 June 1979, as in force for Australia immediately before the commencement of this Act.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1991 No. 32.
bred in captivity, in relation to an animal or animal reproductive material, has the meaning given by section 527B.
business day means a day that is not:
CAMBA means the Agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of the People’s Republic of China for the protection of Migratory Birds and their Environment done at Canberra on 20 October 1986, as in force for Australia immediately before the commencement of this Act.
Note: The English text of the Agreement is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1988 No. 22.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
cetacean means a member of the sub-order Mysticeti or Odontoceti of the Order Cetacea, and includes a part of such a member and any product derived from a such a member.
CITES means the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora done at Washington on 3 March 1973, as amended and in force for Australia from time to time.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1976 No. 29.
CITES I species means a species included in the list referred to in section 303CA, where there is a notation to the effect that the species is included in Appendix I to CITES.
CITES I specimen means a specimen that belongs to a CITES I species, where there is a notation in the list referred to in section 303CA that describes the specimen.
CITES II species means a species included in the list referred to in section 303CA, where there is a notation to the effect that the species is included in Appendix II to CITES.
CITES II specimen means a specimen that belongs to a CITES II species, where there is a notation in the list referred to in section 303CA that describes the specimen.
CITES III species means a species included in the list referred to in section 303CA, where there is a notation to the effect that the species is included in Appendix III to CITES.
CITES III specimen means a specimen that belongs to a CITES III species, where there is a notation in the list referred to in section 303CA that describes the specimen.
CITES specimen means:
civil penalty provision has the meaning given by section 482.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
coastal sea of Australia or an external Territory has the same meaning as in subsection 15B(4) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
coastal waters of a State or the Northern Territory has the meaning given by section 227.
commissioner means a person holding an appointment under paragraph 107(1)(a).
Commonwealth agency means:
but does not include:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
Commonwealth aircraft has the meaning given by section 403.
Commonwealth area has the meaning given by section 525.
Commonwealth Heritage criteria has the meaning given by subsection 341D(1).
Commonwealth Heritage List means the list kept under Subdivision B of Division 3A of Part 15.
Commonwealth Heritage management principles has the meaning given by section 341Y.
Commonwealth Heritage place has the meaning given by subsection 341C(2).
Commonwealth Heritage value has the meaning given by section 341D.
Commonwealth land has the meaning given by section 27.
Commonwealth marine area has the meaning given by section 24.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Commonwealth reserve means a reserve declared under Division 4 of Part 15.
Commonwealth ship has the meaning given by section 403.
components of biodiversity has the meaning given by subsection 171(3).
conservation agreement means an agreement made under section 305.
conservation dependent: a native species may be included in the conservation dependent category of the list of threatened native species in accordance with Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 13.
conservation dependent species means a listed threatened species that is included in the conservation dependent category of the list referred to in section 178.
conservation order means an order made under section 464 (with variations (if any) under section 466 or 469).
conservation zone means a Commonwealth area that is declared to be a conservation zone under Division 5 of Part 15.
constitutional corporation means a corporation to which paragraph 51(xx) of the Constitution applies.
continental shelf means the continental shelf (as defined in the Seas and Submerged Lands Act 1973) of Australia (including its external Territories).
continuation of a use of land, sea or seabed has the meaning given by section 43B.
controlled action has the meaning given by section 67.
controlling provision has the meaning given by section 67.
Convict a person of an offence has a meaning affected by section 527.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
country includes a place that is a territory, dependency or colony (however described) of a foreign country.
critical habitat for a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community has the meaning given by subsection 207A(4).
critically endangered:
daily newspaper means a newspaper that is ordinarily published on each day that is a business day in the place where the newspaper is published, whether or not the newspaper is ordinarily published on other days.
declared Ramsar wetland has the meaning given by section 17.
declared World Heritage property has the meaning given by section 13.
designated proponent of an action means the person designated under Division 2 of Part 7 as the proponent of the action.
directed environmental audit has the meaning given by subsection 460(4).
Director means the Director of National Parks referred to in section 514A.
disease means:
ecological character has the meaning given by subsection 16(3).
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
ecological community means an assemblage of native species that:
ecologically sustainable use of natural resources means use of the natural resources within their capacity to sustain natural processes while maintaining the life-support systems of nature and ensuring that the benefit of the use to the present generation does not diminish the potential to meet the needs and aspirations of future generations.
ecosystem means a dynamic complex of plant, animal and micro-organism communities and their non-living environment interacting as a functional unit.
eligible seizable item means anything that would present a danger to a person or that could be used to assist a person to escape from lawful custody.
endangered:
environment includes:
Note: The places mentioned in paragraph (d) of the definition of
environment include places included in the Register of the National
Estate kept under the Australian Heritage Council Act 2003.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
environmental authority has the meaning given by subsection 458(4).
evidential material has the meaning given by subsection 406(2).
exclusive economic zone means the exclusive economic zone (as defined in the Seas and Submerged Lands Act 1973) of Australia (including its external Territories).
executing officer, for a warrant, means the person named in the warrant as being responsible for executing the warrant.
executive officer of a body corporate has the meaning given by section 493.
export, in relation to a cetacean, means:
export from the sea, in relation to a cetacean, means take in a Commonwealth marine area and then take out of that area to another country without bringing into Australia or into an external Territory.
extinct: a native species may be included in the extinct category of the list of threatened native species in accordance with Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 13.
extinct in the wild: a native species may be included in the extinct in the wild category of the list of threatened native species in accordance with Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 13.
Federal Court means the Federal Court of Australia.
foreign whaling vessel has the meaning given by subsection 236(5).
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
frisk search has the meaning given by subsection 413(3).
genetic resources means any material of plant, animal, microbial or other origin that contains functional units of heredity and that has actual or potential value for humanity.
goods has the meaning given by section 443.
habitat means the biophysical medium or media:
heritage value of a place includes the place’s natural and cultural environment having aesthetic, historic, scientific or social significance, or other significance, for current and future generations of Australians.
holder means:
imported in relation to a cetacean or foreign whaling vessel means brought into the Australian jurisdiction.
indigenous heritage value of a place means a heritage value of the place that is of significance to indigenous persons in accordance with their practices, observances, customs, traditions, beliefs or history.
indigenous people’s land has the meaning given by subsection 363(3).
Indigenous person has the meaning given by subsection 363(4).
Indigenous tradition has the meaning given by section 201.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
inspector means:
interested person has the meaning given by section 475.
Interfere with a cetacean has the meaning given by subsection 229B(4).
IUCN category has the meaning given by subsection 346(1).
JAMBA means the Agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction and their Environment done at Tokyo on 6 February 1974, as in force for Australia immediately before the commencement of this Act.
Note: The English text of the Agreement is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1981 No. 6.
Jointly managed reserve has the meaning given by subsection 363(5).
Kakadu National Park has the meaning given by subsection 387(3).
Kakadu region has the meaning given by subsection 386(1).
keep a cetacean or member of a listed threatened species, listed migratory species, listed marine species or listed threatened ecological community means:
key threatening process means a threatening process included in the list referred to in section 183.
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
land has the meaning given by subsection 345(2).
land council for indigenous people’s land has the meaning given by subsection 363(2). large-scale disposal facility for radioactive waste has a meaning
affected by subsection 22(2). list includes a list containing no items. listed marine species means a marine species included in the list
referred to in section 248.
listed migratory species means a migratory species included in the list referred to in section 209. listed threatened ecological community means an ecological
community included in the list referred to in section 181.
listed threatened species means a native species included in the list referred to in section 178. live animal includes animal reproductive material. live plant includes plant reproductive material. magistrate means a magistrate who is remunerated by salary or
otherwise.
master of a foreign whaling vessel has the meaning given by subsection 236(5). matter protected by a provision of Part 3 has the meaning given by
section 34. member of a listed threatened species, listed migratory species, listed marine species or listed threatened ecological community,
includes, in the case of a species of animal or community of animals, the whole or part of the dead body of the member. mineral has the meaning given by subsection 355(3). mining operations has the meaning given by subsection 355(2).
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
monitoring power relating to premises has the meaning given by section 407.
monitoring warrant has the meaning given by section 409.
National Heritage criteria has the meaning given by subsection 324D(1).
National Heritage List means the list kept under Subdivision B of Division 1A of Part 15.
National Heritage management principles has the meaning given by section 324Y.
National Heritage place has the meaning given by subsection 324C(2).
National Heritage value has the meaning given by section 324D.
native amphibian means an amphibian of a native species.
native animal means an animal of a native species.
native bird means a bird of a native species.
native mammal means a mammal of a native species.
native plant means a plant of a native species.
native reptile means a reptile of a native species.
native species means a species:
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Note: A reference to Australia or an external Territory includes a reference to the coastal sea of Australia or the Territory. See section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
nuclear action has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
nuclear installation has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
occupier of premises means the person apparently in charge of the premises.
officer assisting, in relation to a warrant, means:
officer of Customs has the same meaning as it has in the Customs Act 1901.
ordinary search has the meaning given in subsection 414(3).
organism includes:
place includes:
plant means a member, alive or dead, of the plant kingdom or of the fungus kingdom, and includes a part of a plant and plant reproductive material.
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
plant reproductive material means:
population of a species or ecological community means an occurrence of the species or community in a particular area.
precautionary principle has the meaning given by subsection 391(2).
Premises includes a place, vehicle, vessel and aircraft.
prescribed waters means waters in respect of which regulations made for the purposes of section 226 are in force.
principles of ecologically sustainable development has a meaning affected by section 3A.
progeny includes:
To avoid doubt, a reference in this Act to progeny of an animal or a plant includes a reference to any descendant of that animal or plant.
radioactive waste has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
Ramsar Convention means the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat done at
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Ramsar, Iran, on 2 February 1971, as in force for Australia immediately before the commencement of this Act.
Note: The English Text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1975 No. 48.
range of a species means the area where members of the species live, feed, breed or visit periodically or regularly.
ranger means a person holding an appointment as a ranger under Part 17.
recovery plan means a plan made or adopted under section 269A.
regulated live specimen has the meaning given by section 303EA.
regulated native specimen has the meaning given by section 303DA.
relevant impacts of an action has the meaning given by section 82.
reprocessing has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
Scientific Committee means the Threatened Species Scientific Committee established by section 502.
seabed has the meaning given by subsection 345(2).
Secretary means the Secretary to the Department that:
self-governing Territory means:
species means a group of biological entities that:
gene pool; and includes:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
(c) a sub-species; and
(ca) for the purposes of Part 13A—a distinct population of such biological entities; and
(d) except for the purposes of Part 13A—a distinct population of such biological entities that the Minister has determined, under section 517, to be a species for the purposes of this Act.
In this definition, the purposes of Part 13A:
Note: Determinations under paragraph (d) are disallowable instruments. See section 517.
specimen has the meaning given by section 527A.
spent nuclear fuel has the meaning given by subsection 22(1).
subsidiary of a body corporate has a meaning affected by section 526.
sub-species means a geographically separate population of a species, being a population that is characterised by morphological or biological differences from other populations of that species.
taxon means any taxonomic category (for example, a species or a genus), and includes a particular population.
terms of reference has the meaning given by paragraph 107(1)(b).
territorial sea means the territorial sea (as defined in the Seas and Submerged Lands Act 1973) of Australia (including its external Territories).
threat abatement plan means a plan made or adopted under section 270B.
threatening process has the meaning given by subsection 188(3).
Definitions Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 General list of definitions Division 2
Trade a cetacean or member of a listed threatened species, listed migratory species, listed marine species or threatened ecological community includes:
traditional owners of indigenous people’s land has the meaning given by subsection 368(4).
treat a cetacean has the meaning given by subsection 229D(3).
Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park has the meaning given by subsection 344(3).
Uluru region has the meaning given by subsection 386(2).
usage right has the meaning given by subsection 350(7).
vehicle includes a hovercraft.
vessel means a ship, boat, raft or pontoon or any other thing capable of carrying persons or goods through or on water and includes a floating structure and hovercraft.
vulnerable:
Chapter 8 Definitions Part 23 Definitions Division 2 General list of definitions
Section 528
warden means a person holding an appointment as a warden under Part 17.
warrant premises means premises in relation to which a warrant is in force.
wetland has the same meaning as in the Ramsar Convention.
whale watching has the meaning given by section 238.
wildlife means:
wildlife conservation plan means a plan of a kind referred to in section 285 that has been made or adopted under that section.
World Heritage Convention means the Convention for the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage done at Paris on 23 November 1972, as in force for Australia immediately before the commencement of this Act.
Note: The English text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1975 No. 47.
World Heritage List means the list kept under that title under Article 11 of the World Heritage Convention.
world heritage values of a property has the meaning given by subsection 12(3).
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note 1
The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 as shown in this compilation comprises Act No. 91, 1999 amended as indicated in the Tables below.
For application, saving or transitional provisions made by the Corporations (Repeals, Consequentials and Transitionals) Act 2001, see Act No. 55, 2001.
For all other relevant information pertaining to application, saving or transitional provisions see Table A.
Table of Acts
Act | Number | Date | Date of | Application, |
and year | of Assent | commencement | saving or | |
transitional | ||||
provisions | ||||
Environment Protection and | 91, 1999 | 16 July 1999 | 16 July 2000 | |
Biodiversity Conservation | ||||
Act 1999 | ||||
Environmental Reform | 92, 1999 | 16 July 1999 | Schedules 8 and 9 | Sch. 9 |
(Consequential | (item 1): 16 July | (item 1) | ||
Provisions) Act 1999 | 2000 (a) | |||
Public Employment | 146, 1999 | 11 Nov 1999 | Schedule 1 | — |
(Consequential and | (items 422, 423): | |||
Transitional) Amendment | (b) | |||
Act 1999 | ||||
Corporations (Repeals, | 55, 2001 | 28 June 2001 | Ss. 4–14 and | Ss. 4–14 |
Consequentials and | Schedule 3 | |||
Transitionals) Act 2001 | (item 172): 15 July | |||
2001 (see Gazette | ||||
2001, No. S285) | ||||
(c) | ||||
Environment Protection and | 82, 2001 | 11 July 2001 | Ss. 1–3 and | Sch. 1 |
Biodiversity Conservation | Schedule 1 | (items | ||
Amendment (Wildlife | (items 83–86): | 70–82) | ||
Protection) Act 2001 | Royal Assent | |||
Remainder: 11 Jan | ||||
2002 | ||||
Regional Forest | 30, 2002 | 5 Apr 2002 | Sections 1 and 2: | — |
Agreements Act 2002 | Royal Assent | |||
Remainder: 3 May | ||||
2002 (see Gazette | ||||
2002, No. S133) |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Acts
Act | Number | Date | Date of | Application, |
and year | of Assent | commencement | saving or | |
transitional | ||||
provisions | ||||
Statute Law Revision Act | 63, 2002 | 3 July 2002 | Schedule 1 | — |
2002 | (items 15, 16, 18): | |||
(d) | ||||
Schedule 1 | ||||
(item 17): (d) | ||||
Crimes Legislation | 41, 2003 | 3 June 2003 | Schedule 3 | Sch. 3 |
Enhancement Act 2003 | (items 31, 32): (e) | (item 42) | ||
Schedule 3 | ||||
(item 42): Royal | ||||
Assent | ||||
Australian Heritage Council | 86, 2003 | 23 Sept 2003 | Ss. 1–3: Royal | — |
(Consequential and | Assent | |||
Transitional Provisions) | Remainder: 1 Jan | |||
Act 2003 | 2004 (see s. 2) | |||
Environment and Heritage | 88, 2003 | 23 Sept 2003 | Schedules 1 and 3: | Sch. 1 |
Legislation Amendment | 1 Jan 2004 (see | (items 8, | ||
Act (No. 1) 2003 | Gazette 2003, No. | 24, 25), | ||
GN47) | Sch. 3 and | |||
Schedule 2: [see (f) | Sch. 4 | |||
and Note 2] | (item 1G) | |||
Remainder: Royal | ||||
Assent |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(3) If:
then the amending item commences immediately after the commencement of the amended Act.
Items 422 and 423 of Schedule 1 commenced immediately after 16 July 2000.
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in column 2 of the table.
Commencement information
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Provision(s) Commencement Date/Details
10. Schedule 1, Immediately after subsection 151(3) of the 16 July 2000
item 15 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 commenced
11. Schedule 1, | Immediately after paragraph 520(3)(k) of the | 16 July 2000 |
item 16 | Environment Protection and Biodiversity | |
Conservation Act 1999 commenced |
12. Schedule 1, | Immediately after item 36 of Schedule 1 to the | 11 January 2002 |
item 17 | Environment Protection and Biodiversity | |
Conservation Amendment (Wildlife Protection) Act | ||
2001 commenced |
13. Schedule 1, | Immediately after section 528 of the Environment | 16 July 2000 |
item 18 | Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 | |
commenced |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Act Notes
(e) Subsection 2(1) (item 21) of the Crimes Legislation Enhancement Act 2003 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in column 2 of the table.
Provision(s) Commencement Date/Details
21. Schedule 3, Immediately after the commencement of the 16 July 2000
items 31 and 32 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(f) Subsection 2(1) (item 3) of the Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2003 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in column 2 of the table.
Provision(s) Commencement Date/Details
3. Schedule 2 The later of: [see Note 2]
Note 2: The Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection is expected to be established by the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act, which may be enacted in 2002 or a later year.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted
Provision affected How affected
Chapter 1
Part 1
S. 3 .......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
S. 9 .......................................... am. No. 86, 2003
Chapter 2 Part 3 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 12 ........................................ am. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 1 of ............. ad. No. 88, 2003 Part 3
Ss. 15B, 15C ........................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision H
Subdiv. H of Div. 1 of Part 3...... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 25A ...................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision I
Subdiv. I of Div. 1 of Part 3 ....... ad. No. 82, 2001 Ss. 25B–25F ............................ ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 2 Subdivision A
Note to s. 26(3) ........................ rep. No. 88, 2003 Notes 1, 2 to s. 26(3) ............... ad. No. 88, 2003 Note 2 to s. 27A(6) ................... rs. No. 88, 2003 Note 3 to s. 27A(6) ................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision AA
Subdiv. AA of Div. 2 of ............. ad. No. 88, 2003 Part 3
Ss. 27B, 27C ........................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision B
Note to s. 28(1) ........................ rep. No. 88, 2003 Notes 1, 2 to s. 28(1) ............... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 2 of ............... ad. No. 88, 2003 Part 3
S. 28AA ................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted
Provision affected How affected
Part 4 Division 2 Subdivision B
S. 34 ........................................ am. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision C
S. 34BA ................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 34F ...................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Division 4 Subdivision A
S. 38 ........................................ rs. No. 30, 2002
Subdivision B
S. 40 ........................................ am. No. 30, 2002
Subdivision C
S. 42 ........................................ am. No. 30, 2002
Division 6
Div. 6 of Part 4.......................... ad. No. 82, 2001 Ss. 43A, 43B ............................ ad. No. 82, 2001
Chapter 3 Part 5 Division 2 Subdivision B
S. 51A ...................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Division 3 Subdivision A
Heading to s. 63(1) .................. am. No. 63, 2002
Chapter 4 Part 7 Division 1
S. 70 ........................................ am. No. 82, 2001
S. 74 ........................................ am. No. 88, 2003
S. 74A....................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Division 2
S. 75......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
S. 77......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
S. 77A....................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 78......................................... am. No. 88, 2003
Part 8 Division 2
S. 84 ........................................ am. No. 88, 2003
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted
Provision affected How affected
Division 7
Subdivision E
S. 124 ...................................... am. No. 92, 1999
S. 125 ...................................... am. No. 92, 1999
Part 9 Division 1 Subdivision B
S. 137....................................... rs. No. 88, 2003
S. 137A .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Part 10 Division 1
S. 146 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001 Note 1 to s. 146(2) ................... am. No. 82, 2001
Division 2
Ss. 148–150 ............................ am. No. 82, 2001
S. 151 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 63, 2002
Chapter 5
Heading to Chapter 5 ............... rs. No. 88, 2003
Part 12 Division 2
S. 176 ...................................... am. No. 88, 2003
Part 13 Division 1 Subdivision B
S. 197 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision C
S. 208A .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 2 Subdivision B
S. 212 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision C
S. 222A .................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 3 Subdivision A
S. 224 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision C
S. 231 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision D
Heading to Subdiv. D of............ rs. No. 82, 2001 Div. 3 of Part 13
Ss. 232A, 232B......................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted
Provision affected How affected
Ss. 233, 234 ............................ am. No. 82, 2001 Heading to s. 235 ..................... am. No. 82, 2001
S. 235 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision F
S. 238 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision G
Heading to s. 245 ..................... am. No. 82, 2001
S. 245 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Division 4 Subdivision B
S. 255 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision C
Heading to s. 265 ..................... am. No. 82, 2001
S. 265 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Part 13A
Part 13A ................................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 1
S. 303BA ................................. ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303BAA ............................... ad. No. 82, 2001 Ss. 303BB, 303BC ................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 2 Subdivision A
Ss. 303CA, 303CB ................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision B
Ss. 303CC–303CK ................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision C
Ss. 303CL–303CN.................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 3 Subdivision A
Ss. 303DA–303DC .................. ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision B
Ss. 303DD–303DJ.................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 4 Subdivision A
Ss. 303EA–303EC ................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision B
Ss. 303ED–303EJ .................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision C
Ss. 303EK–303EQ.................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision D
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted
Provision affected How affected
Ss. 303ER–303EW................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 5 Subdivision A
Ss. 303FA–303FI ..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision B
Ss. 303FJ–303FR..................... ad. No. 82, 2001
S. 303FRA ............................... ad. No. 82, 2001 Ss. 303FS–303FU ................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 6
Ss. 303GA–303GY .................. ad. No. 82, 2001
Part 14
Ss. 304–306 ............................ am. No. 88, 2003
S. 309 ...................................... am. No. 88, 2003
Part 15 Division 1 Subdivision D
S. 318....................................... rs. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision F
S. 323....................................... am. No. 88, 2003
Division 1A
Div. 1A of Part 5........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision A
Ss. 324A, 324B ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision B
Ss. 324C–324H ....................... ad. No. 88, 2003 Ss. 324J–324N ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003 Ss. 324P–324R ....................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision C
Ss. 324S–324W ....................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision D
S. 324X .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision E
S. 324Y .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision F
S. 324Z .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
S. 324ZA ................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision G
S. 324ZB ................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision H
S. 324ZC ................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted
Provision affected How affected
Division 2
Subdivision D
S. 330....................................... rs. No. 88, 2003
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part 5........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision A
Ss. 341A, 341B ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision B
Ss. 341C–341H ....................... ad. No. 88, 2003 Ss. 341J–341N ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003 Ss. 341P–341R ....................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision C
Ss. 341S–341X ........................ ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision D
S. 341Y .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision E
S. 341Z .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003 Ss. 341ZA–341ZE ................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision F
S. 341ZF .................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision G
S. 341ZG ................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Subdivision H
S. 341ZH ................................. ad. No. 88, 2003
Division 4 Subdivision E
S. 367 ...................................... am. No. 88, 2003
Chapter 6
Heading to Part 16 of ............... rs. No. 88, 2003 Chapter 6
Part 16
S. 391 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 88, 2003
S. 391A .................................... ad. No. 88, 2003
Part 17 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 393 ...................................... am. No. 146, 1999
Subdivision B
S. 397....................................... am. No. 82, 2001
S. 399 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted
Provision affected | How affected |
Division 2 | |
S. 404 ...................................... | am. No. 82, 2001 |
Division 3 | |
Ss. 408, 409 ............................ | am. No. 82, 2001 |
S. 411 ...................................... | am. No. 41, 2003 |
Division 4 | |
S. 425 ...................................... | am. No. 41, 2003 |
Division 6 | |
S. 430 ...................................... | am. No. 82, 2001 |
Division 7 | |
S. 442 ...................................... | am. No. 82, 2001 |
Division 8A | |
Div. 8A of Part 17 ..................... | ad. No. 82, 2001 |
S. 443A .................................... | ad. No. 82, 2001 |
Division 9 | |
S. 444 ...................................... | am. No. 82, 2001 |
Division 10 | |
Subdivision AA | |
Subdiv. AA of Div. 10 of ........... | ad. No. 82, 2001 |
Part 17 | |
Ss. 444A–444K......................... | ad. No. 82, 2001 |
Subdivision C | |
S. 450 ...................................... | am. No. 82, 2001 |
Subdivision D | |
S. 451....................................... | am. No. 82, 2001 |
Division 17 | |
S. 489 ...................................... | am. No. 82, 2001 |
Part 17 | |
Division 18 | |
S. 495 ...................................... | am. No. 88, 2003 |
Part 19 | |
Division 5 | |
Subdivision C | |
S. 514M ................................... | am. No. 92, 1999 |
Subdivision E | |
S. 514U ................................... | am. No. 92, 1999 |
Part 20 | |
S. 515....................................... | am. No. 88, 2003 |
Part 20A | |
Part 20A ................................... | ad. No. 88, 2003 |
S. 515A..................................... | ad. No. 88, 2003 |
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table of Amendments
ad. = added or inserted am. = amended rep. = repealed rs. = repealed and substituted
Provision affected How affected
Part 21
Division 1
S. 516A .................................... am. No. 92, 1999; No. 82, 2001
Chapter 7 Part 22
S. 517 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001
S. 520 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 63, 2002
S. 522B .................................... rep. No. 82, 2001
Chapter 8 Part 23 Division 1 Subdivision A
S. 523 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001; No. 63, 2002
S. 524B .................................... rep. No. 82, 2001
Subdivision C
S. 526 ...................................... am. No. 55, 2001
Subdivision E
Subdiv. E of Div. 1 of ............... ad. No. 82, 2001 Part 23
Ss. 527A–527D ....................... ad. No. 82, 2001
Division 2
S. 528 ...................................... am. No. 82, 2001; Nos. 30 and 63, 2002; No. 88, 2003
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note 2
Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2003
(No. 88, 2003)
The following amendments commence on the later of Schedule 1 or section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Heritage Protection:
Schedule 2
1 After subsection 324G(4)
Insert:
(4A) If, in making an assessment, the Australian Heritage Council considers that the place might have indigenous heritage value, it must:
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
2 After paragraph 324J(8)(b)
Insert: (ba) the advice (if any) of the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection, a copy of which was given to the Minister by the Council under paragraph 324G(4A)(b) with the assessment; and
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Note 2
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
3 After subsection 341G(4)
Insert:
(4A) If, in making an assessment, the Australian Heritage Council considers that the place might have indigenous heritage value, it must:
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
4 After paragraph 341J(8)(b)
Insert: (ba) the advice (if any) of the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection, a copy of which was given to the Minister by the Council under paragraph 341G(4A)(b) with the assessment; and
Note: This item will only commence after the commencement of section 9 of the Act that establishes the Director of Indigenous Heritage Protection (see section 2 of this Act).
As at 1 January 2004 the amendments are not incorporated in this compilation.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
Application, saving or transitional provisions
Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999 (No. 92, 1999)
Schedule 9
1 Regulation-making power
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Amendment (Wildlife Protection) Act 2001 (No. 82, 2001)
Schedule 1
70 Transitional—applications pending immediately before this item commenced
(1) For the purposes of this item, an application for a permit or authority to export or import a specimen is a pending application if:
(a) the application was made by a person under the Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982
(other than section 41 or 43A) before the commencement of this item; and
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
(2) If:
person pays the fee prescribed by the regulations; the person is taken, on the day on which the fee is paid, to have made an application (the fresh application) under section 303CE of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 for a permit to be issued under section 303CG of that Act authorising the export or import, as the case may be, of the specimen.
(3) If:
person pays the fee prescribed by the regulations; the person is taken, on the day on which the fee is paid, to have made an application (the fresh application) under section 303DE of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 for a permit to be issued under section 303DG of that Act authorising the export of the specimen.
(4) If:
person pays the fee prescribed by the regulations; the person is taken, on the day on which the fee is paid, to have made an application (the fresh application) under section 303EL of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
1999 for a permit to be issued under section 303EN of that Act authorising the import of the specimen.
(a) the last day of the 28-day period beginning on the day on which the fee was paid;
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
(b) if the person gives the Minister a notice under paragraph (6)(a) or (b)—the day on which the notice was given.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
application in response to a notice given under subsection 303GB(7) of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
grant includes give.
71 Transitional—permits or authorities in force immediately before this item commenced
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999); and
(3) If the old permit or old authority authorised the export of a regulated native specimen (other than a CITES specimen), the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect as if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999); and
(4) If the old permit or old authority authorised the import of a regulated live specimen (other than a CITES specimen), the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect as if:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999); and
(d) any conditions of the old permit or old authority were conditions of the section 303EN permit.
72 Transitional—section 303EU of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
73 Transitional—section 303FN of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(1) This item applies if:
(a) a declaration relating to specimens was in force under subsection 10A(2) of the Wildlife Protection (Regulation of
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
Exports and Imports) Act 1982 immediately before the commencement of this item; and
(b) the declaration related to a particular operation.
(2) The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect, after the commencement of this item, as if:
force if this Act had not been enacted; were specified in the declaration in accordance with subsection 303FT(4) the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
74 Transitional—section 303FO of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982 were a reference to the purposes of section 303FO of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999; and
(f) the period:
force if this Act had not been enacted; were specified in the declaration in accordance with subsection 303FT(4) the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
75 Transitional—section 303FR of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(1) This item applies if:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
(2) Those comments have effect as if they had been given to the Minister in relation to the new proposal in response to a notice given under subsection 303FR(1) of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
76 Transitional—section 303FR of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
77 Transitional—section 303FU of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
78 Transitional—section 303GS of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(1) This item applies if an appointment was in force under section 75 of the
Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982
immediately before the commencement of this item.
(2) The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 has effect, after the commencement of this item, as if:
Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982 were a reference to the purposes of Part 13A of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
79 Transitional—section 303GX of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(a) the declaration had been made under the corresponding provision of section 303GX of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999; and
(b) each reference in the declaration to section 8A of the Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982 were a reference to section 303GX of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
80 Transitional—section 396 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(3) This item does not prevent the Minister, at the end of that 6-month period, from making a fresh appointment or determination under section 396 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 in terms corresponding to the first-mentioned appointment or determination.
81 Transitional—Part 17 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
(1) Part 17 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 applies to an offence against the Wildlife Protection (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1982 in a corresponding way to the way in which it applies to an offence against Part 13A of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
82 Transitional—regulations
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
Crimes Legislation Enhancement Act 2003 (No. 41, 2003)
Schedule 3
42 Saving provision
Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2003
(No. 88, 2003)
Schedule 1
8 Application
(1) This item is about the application of:
(a) Subdivision AA of Division 1 of Part 3 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999; and
(b) Subdivision AA of Division 2 of that Part.
Note: So far as those Subdivisions have effect in relation to places and actions outside the Australian jurisdiction, those Subdivisions apply only to persons with a jurisdictional connection with Australia or the external Territories. See subsection 5(3) of that Act.
(2) Neither Subdivision applies to a particular action if, before the commencement of this Schedule, the Minister has decided under section 75 of that Act whether the action is a controlled action (whether the decision was that the action is a controlled action or that the action is not a controlled action).
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
24 Saving of agreements
The amendment of section 305 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 by this Schedule does not affect the validity of a conservation agreement made before the commencement of this Schedule.
25 Saving of matters prescribed by the regulations
Matters prescribed for the purposes of section 305 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 immediately before the commencement of this Schedule are taken to be, immediately after the commencement of this Schedule, matters prescribed for the purposes of that section as amended by this Schedule.
Schedule 3
1A Including World Heritage properties in National Heritage List
(1) This item applies to a place consisting of a property that, at any time within 6 months after this item commences, is included in the World Heritage List after being submitted by the Commonwealth to the World Heritage Committee under Article 11 of the World Heritage Convention. It does not matter whether the property was first included in the List before, on or after the commencement of this item.
Place may be included in National Heritage List within 6 months
(2) The Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette within 6 months after this item commences, include in the National Heritage List the place and the National Heritage values it has because of subitem (3). To avoid doubt:
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Table A
World heritage values taken to cause place to meet National Heritage criteria
(3) For the purposes of this item and the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, each world heritage value that the World Heritage Committee has identified the property as having is taken to cause the place to meet a National Heritage criterion.
Note: This has the effect that, under subsection 324D(1) of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, the place has a National Heritage value corresponding to that world heritage value. Under that subsection, the place will also have another National Heritage value if the place has a heritage value that causes the place to meet one of the National Heritage criteria apart from this item.
1 Places may be taken to be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List
(a) the place:
(ia) is, or is part of, a place to which item 1A (about World Heritage properties) applies; or
(3) The Minister must ensure that the Commonwealth Heritage List specifies the Commonwealth Heritage value or values for each place
Notes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
that the Minister determines is taken to be included in the Commonwealth Heritage List.
(4) A determination under subitem (2) must be in writing and a copy of the determination must be published in the Gazette.
Schedule 4
1G Application
The amendment of paragraph 78(1)(b) of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 made by this Schedule applies in relation to notices given under section 77 of that Act after the commencement of that amendment.
This compilation was prepared on 29 September 2003 incorporating amendments up to Act No. 88 of 2003
Volume 1 includes: Table of Contents Sections 1 – 266A
Volume 2 includes: Sections 267 – 528 Notes
The text of any of those amendments not in force on that date is appended in the Notes section
The operation of amendments that have been incorporated may be affected by application provisions that are set out in the Notes section
Prepared by the Office of Legislative Drafting, Attorney-General’s Department, Canberra
EnvProtBioDivCons1999Vo01.doc 30/09/2003 10:52 am
Chapter 1—Preliminary 1
Part 1—Preliminary 1 1 Short title [see Note 1] ...................................................................... 1 2 Commencement [see Note 1]............................................................ 1 3 Objects of Act ................................................................................... 1 3A Principles of ecologically sustainable development.......................... 3 4 Act to bind Crown............................................................................. 4 5 Application of Act ............................................................................ 4 7 Application of the Criminal Code..................................................... 6 8 Native title rights not affected........................................................... 6 9 Relationship with other Acts............................................................. 6 10 Relationship with State law............................................................... 7
Part 2—Simplified outline of this Chapter 8 11 Simplified outline of this Chapter..................................................... 8
Subdivision A—World Heritage 9
12 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant
impact on a declared World Heritage property ................................. 9
13 What is a declared World Heritage property? ................................ 10
14 Declaring a property to be a declared World Heritage
property........................................................................................... 10
15 Amending or revoking a declaration of a declared World
Heritage property ............................................................................ 12
15A Offences relating to declared World Heritage properties................ 13
Subdivision B—Wetlands of international importance 14
16 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant
impact on a declared Ramsar wetland............................................. 14
17 What is a declared Ramsar wetland?.............................................. 15
17A Making and revoking declarations of wetlands............................... 16
17B Offences relating to declared Ramsar wetlands .............................. 17
Subdivision C—Listed threatened species and communities 19
18 Actions with significant impact on listed threatened species or endangered community prohibited without approval.................. 19
18A Offences relating to threatened species etc. .................................... 21 19 Certain actions relating to listed threatened species and listed threatened ecological communities not prohibited.......................... 22 Subdivision D—Listed migratory species 23 20 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant impact on a listed migratory species ............................................... 23 20A Offences relating to listed migratory species .................................. 23
Subdivision E—Protection of the environment from nuclear actions 25 21 Requirement for approval of nuclear actions .................................. 25 22 What is a nuclear action? ............................................................... 26 22A Offences relating to nuclear actions................................................ 27 Subdivision F—Marine environment 30 23 Requirement for approval of activities involving the marine environment .................................................................................... 30 24 What is a Commonwealth marine area? ......................................... 32 24A Offences relating to marine areas.................................................... 33
Subdivision G—Additional matters of national environmental significance 36 25 Requirement for approval of prescribed actions ............................. 36
Subdivision H—Actions that are taken to be covered by this Division 38 25A Actions that are taken to be covered by this Division..................... 38 Subdivision I—Evidentiary certificates 39 25B Evidentiary certificates ................................................................... 39 25C Certificate to be given to person ..................................................... 40 25D Evidentiary effect of certificate....................................................... 41 25E Variation of certificate .................................................................... 41 25F Revocation of certificate ................................................................. 41
Division 2—Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth 42 Subdivision A—Protection of environment from actions involving Commonwealth land 42 26 Requirement for approval of activities involving Commonwealth land....................................................................... 42 27 What is Commonwealth land? ........................................................ 43 27A Offences relating to Commonwealth land....................................... 43
Subdivision B—Protection of the environment from Commonwealth actions 45 28 Requirement for approval of activities of Commonwealth agencies significantly affecting the environment............................ 45 Division 3—Review of extension of operation of this Part 47 28A Identifying extra matters to be protected by this Part...................... 47
Part 4—Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed 49 Division 1—Actions covered by bilateral agreements 49 29 Actions declared by agreement not to need approval...................... 49 30 Extended operation in State and Northern Territory waters............ 50 31 Extended operation in non-self-governing Territories .................... 50 Division 2—Actions covered by Ministerial declarations 52 Subdivision A—Effect of declarations 52 32 Actions declared by Minister not to need approval......................... 52 Subdivision B—Making declarations 52 33 Making declaration that actions do not need approval under Part 9............................................................................................... 52 34 What is matter protected by a provision of Part 3?......................... 55 Subdivision C—Prerequisites for making declarations 57 34A Minister may only make declaration if prescribed criteria are met .................................................................................................. 57 34B Declarations relating to declared World Heritage properties .......... 58 34C Declarations relating to declared Ramsar wetlands......................... 58 34D Declarations relating to listed threatened species and ecological communities .................................................................. 59 34E Declarations relating to migratory species ...................................... 60 Subdivision D—Other rules about declarations 61 35 Revoking declarations..................................................................... 61 36 Other rules about declarations......................................................... 61 Division 4—Forestry operations in certain regions 63 Subdivision A—Regions covered by regional forest agreements 63 38 Part 3 not to apply to certain RFA forestry operations.................... 63
Subdivision B—Regions subject to a process of negotiating a regional forest agreement 63
39 Object of this Subdivision............................................................... 63
40 Forestry operations in regions not yet covered by regional
forest agreements ............................................................................ 64
41 What is an RFA region?.................................................................. 65
Subdivision C—Limits on application 66
42 This Division does not apply to some forestry operations .............. 66
Division 5—Actions in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park 67 43 Actions taken in accordance with permission ................................. 67
Division 6—Actions with prior authorisation 68
43A Actions with prior authorisation...................................................... 68
43B Actions which are lawful continuations of use of land etc.............. 68
Chapter 3—Bilateral agreements 70
Division 1—Object of Part 70 44 Object of this Part ........................................................................... 70
Division 2—Making bilateral agreements 71
Subdivision A—Power to make bilateral agreements 71
45 Minister may make agreement........................................................ 71
46 Agreement may declare actions do not need approval under
Part 9............................................................................................... 72
47 Agreement may declare classes of actions do not need
assessment....................................................................................... 75
48 Other provisions of bilateral agreements ........................................ 77
48A Mandatory provisions ..................................................................... 78
49 Express provision needed to affect Commonwealth areas or
actions............................................................................................. 79
Subdivision B—Prerequisites for making bilateral agreements 80
49A Consultation on draft agreement ..................................................... 80
50 Minister may only enter into agreement if prescribed criteria
are met ............................................................................................ 80
51 Agreements relating to declared World Heritage properties ........... 80
52 Agreements relating to declared Ramsar wetlands ......................... 81
53 Agreements relating to listed threatened species and
ecological communities .................................................................. 82
54 Agreements relating to migratory species....................................... 83
55 Agreements relating to nuclear actions ........................................... 84
56 Agreements relating to prescribed actions ...................................... 84
Subdivision A—Suspension and cancellation of effect 85
57 Representations about suspension or cancellation .......................... 85 58 Consultation before cancellation or suspension .............................. 86 59 Suspension or cancellation.............................................................. 86 60 Emergency suspension of effect of bilateral agreement.................. 88 61 Cancellation during suspension ...................................................... 89 62 Revocation of notice of suspension or cancellation ........................ 89 63 Cancellation or suspension at request of other party....................... 90 64 Cancellation or suspension of bilateral agreement does not affect certain actions ....................................................................... 91
Subdivision B—Expiry of bilateral agreements 92
65 Expiry and review of bilateral agreements...................................... 92 65A Expiry of bilateral agreement does not affect certain actions.......... 92
Part 6—Simplified outline of this Chapter 94 66 Simplified outline of this Chapter................................................... 94
Division 1—Referral of proposals to take action 96 67 What is a controlled action? ........................................................... 96 68 Referral by person proposing to take action.................................... 96 69 State or Territory may refer proposal to Minister ........................... 97 70 Minister may request referral of proposal ....................................... 97 71 Commonwealth agency may refer proposal to Minister ................. 98 72 Form and content of referrals.......................................................... 99 73 Informing person proposing to take action of referral..................... 99 74 Inviting provision of information on referred proposal................... 99 74A Minister may request referral of a larger action ............................ 100
Division 2—Ministerial decision whether action needs approval 102 75 Does the proposed action need approval? ..................................... 102 76 Minister may request more information for making decision ....... 104 77 Notice and reasons for decision .................................................... 104 77A Action to be taken in a particular manner ..................................... 105 78 Reconsideration of decision.......................................................... 106 79 Reconsideration of decision on request by a State or Territory........................................................................................ 108
Division 1—Simplified outline of this Part 110 80 Simplified outline of this Part ....................................................... 110
Division 2—Application of this Part 111 81 Application ................................................................................... 111 82 What are the relevant impacts of an action? ................................. 111 83 This Part does not apply if action covered by bilateral agreement...................................................................................... 112 84 This Part does not apply if action covered by declaration............. 112
Division 3—Decision on assessment approach 115
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 115
85 Simplified outline of this Division................................................ 115
Subdivision B—Deciding on approach for assessment 115
86 Designated proponent must provide preliminary information for assessment............................................................................... 115 87 Minister must decide on approach for assessment ........................ 116 88 Timing of decision on assessment approach................................. 118 89 Minister may request more information for making decision ....... 119 90 Directing an inquiry after starting an assessment.......................... 119 91 Notice of decision on assessment approach .................................. 120
Division 4—Assessment on preliminary documentation 121 92 Application ................................................................................... 121 93 Public comment on information included in referral .................... 121 94 Revised documentation................................................................. 121 95 Assessment report......................................................................... 122
Division 5—Public environment reports 124 96 Application ................................................................................... 124 97 Minister must prepare guidelines for draft public environment report........................................................................ 124 98 Designated proponent must invite comment on draft public environment report........................................................................ 125 99 Finalising public environment report............................................ 126 100 Assessment report......................................................................... 127
Division 6—Environmental impact statements 129 101 Application ................................................................................... 129 102 Minister must prepare guidelines for draft environmental impact statement ........................................................................... 129 103 Designated proponent must invite comment on draft environmental impact statement ................................................... 130
104 Finalising draft environmental impact statement .......................... 131 105 Assessment report......................................................................... 132
Division 7—Inquiries 134 Subdivision A—Preliminary 134 106 Simplified outline ......................................................................... 134 Subdivision B—Establishment of inquiries 134 107 Appointing commissioners and setting terms of reference ........... 134 108 Publicising inquiry........................................................................ 135 Subdivision C—Conduct of inquiries 136 109 Procedure of inquiries................................................................... 136 110 Inquiry to be public....................................................................... 136 111 Calling witnesses .......................................................................... 137 112 Dealing with witnesses ................................................................. 138 113 Dealing with documents given to commission.............................. 139 114 Inspections of land, buildings and places...................................... 139 115 Entering premises by consent ....................................................... 140 116 Entering premises under warrant .................................................. 141 117 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means ......................... 142 118 Identity cards ................................................................................ 143 119 Contempt ...................................................................................... 144 120 Protection of commissioners and witnesses .................................. 144 Subdivision D—Inquiry reports 146 121 Timing of report............................................................................ 146 122 Publication of report ..................................................................... 147 Subdivision E—Commissioners’ terms and conditions 147 123 Basis of appointment..................................................................... 147 124 Remuneration................................................................................ 147 125 Leave of absence........................................................................... 148 126 Resignation ................................................................................... 148 127 Termination of appointment.......................................................... 148 128 Disclosure of interests................................................................... 149 129 Other terms and conditions ........................................................... 149
Part 9—Approval of actions 150 Division 1—Decisions on approval and conditions 150 Subdivision A—General 150 130 Timing of decision on approval .................................................... 150 131 Inviting comments from other Ministers before decision ............. 153
132 Requesting further information for approval decision .................. 153 133 Grant of approval.......................................................................... 154 134 Attaching conditions to approval .................................................. 156 135 Certain approvals and conditions must not give preference.......... 158
Subdivision B—Considerations for approvals and conditions 159
136 General considerations.................................................................. 159 137 Requirements for decisions about World Heritage ....................... 160 138 Requirements for decisions about Ramsar wetlands..................... 160 139 Requirements for decisions about threatened species and endangered communities .............................................................. 161 140 Requirements for decisions about migratory species .................... 161 140A No approval for certain nuclear installations ................................ 161
Division 2—Requirement to comply with conditions 162 142 Compliance with conditions on approval...................................... 162 142A Offence of breaching conditions on approval ............................... 162
Division 3—Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals 164 143 Variation of conditions attached to approval ................................ 164 144 Suspension of approval................................................................. 165 145 Revocation of approval................................................................. 166 145A Reinstating suspended or revoked approval.................................. 167
Division 4—Transfer of approvals 170 145B Transfer with Minister’s consent .................................................. 170
Division 1—Strategic assessments generally 172 146 Minister may agree on strategic assessment.................................. 172
Division 2—Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries 175 147 Simplified outline of this Division................................................ 175 148 Assessment before management plan is determined ..................... 176 149 Assessment before determination that no plan required................ 176 150 Assessment of all fisheries without plans must be started within 5 years................................................................................ 177 151 Assessment of all Torres Strait fisheries to be started within 5 years........................................................................................... 178 152 Further assessment if impacts greater than previously assessed......................................................................................... 178 153 Minister must make declaration if he or she endorses plan or policy ............................................................................................ 179 154 This Division does not limit Division 1 ........................................ 180
Division 1—Rules about timing 181 155 This Chapter ceases to apply to lapsed proposals ......................... 181 156 General rules about time limits ..................................................... 182
Division 2—Actions in area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory 183 157 Actions treated as though they were in a State or the Northern Territory......................................................................... 183
Division 3—Exemptions 184 158 Exemptions from Part 3 and this Chapter ..................................... 184
Division 4—Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions 185
Subdivision A—Minister’s advice on authorising actions 185
159 Simplified outline of this Subdivision........................................... 185 160 Requirement to take account of Minister’s advice........................ 186 161 Seeking the Minister’s advice....................................................... 188 162 Assessment of the action............................................................... 189 163 Providing advice ........................................................................... 189 164 Reporting on response to advice ................................................... 190
Subdivision B—Assessment of applications for permits relating to whales, dolphins and porpoises 190
165 Assessment of applications for permits relating to whales, dolphins and porpoises.................................................................. 190
Subdivision C—Assessment under agreement with State or Territory 191
166 This Subdivision applies if Ministers agree it should ................... 191 167 Making an agreement.................................................................... 192 168 Content of an agreement ............................................................... 193 169 Application of a Division of Part 8 ............................................... 194 170 Application of Division 1 of Part 10............................................. 195
Division 5—Publication of information relating to assessments 197 170A Publication of information relating to assessments ....................... 197
Chapter 5—Conservation of biodiversity 198
Division 1—Identifying and monitoring biodiversity 198 171 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity ....................................... 198
172 Inventories of listed threatened species etc. on
Commonwealth land..................................................................... 199
173 Surveys of cetaceans, listed threatened species etc. in
Commonwealth marine areas........................................................ 199
174 Inventories and surveys to be updated .......................................... 200
175 Obligations under this Act unaffected by lack of inventories
or surveys...................................................................................... 200
Division 2—Bioregional plans 201 176 Bioregional plans.......................................................................... 201 177 Obligations under this Act unaffected by lack of bioregional plans.............................................................................................. 201
Division 1—Listed threatened species and ecological
Subdivision A—Listing 202
178 Listing of threatened species......................................................... 202
179 Categories of threatened species ................................................... 203
180 Native species of marine fish ........................................................ 204
181 Listing of threatened ecological communities............................... 204
182 Critically endangered, endangered and vulnerable
communities.................................................................................. 205
183 Listing of key threatening processes ............................................. 206
184 Minister may amend lists.............................................................. 206
185 Maintaining the lists in up-to-date condition ................................ 207
186 Amending list of threatened native species................................... 208
187 Amending list of ecological communities..................................... 209
188 Amending list of key threatening processes.................................. 209
189 Minister must consider advice from Scientific Committee ........... 210
190 Scientific Committee may provide advice about species or
communities becoming threatened................................................ 211
191 Nomination of threatened species etc............................................ 211
192 Rediscovery of threatened species that were extinct..................... 212
193 Species posing a serious threat to human health ........................... 213
194 Minister to make lists available to the public................................ 213
Subdivision B—Permit system 213
195 Subdivision does not apply to cetaceans ....................................... 213
196 Recklessly killing or injuring member of listed threatened
species or community ................................................................... 213
196A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed
threatened species or community.................................................. 214
196B Recklessly taking etc. member of listed threatened species or
community.................................................................................... 215
196C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed threatened
species or community ................................................................... 215
196D Trading etc. member of listed threatened species or
community taken in Commonwealth area..................................... 216
196E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed threatened
species or community taken in Commonwealth area .................... 216
197 Certain actions are not offences .................................................... 217
198 Operation of sections 18 and 18A not affected ............................. 218
199 Failing to notify taking of listed threatened species or listed
ecological community................................................................... 218
200 Application for permits................................................................. 220
201 Minister may issue permits ........................................................... 220
202 Conditions of permits.................................................................... 221
203 Contravening conditions of a permit............................................. 222
204 Authorities under permits ............................................................. 222
205 Transfer of permits........................................................................ 223
206 Suspension or cancellation of permits........................................... 223
206A Review of decisions about permits ............................................... 223
207 Fees............................................................................................... 223
Subdivision BA—Protecting critical habitat 224
207A Register of critical habitat............................................................. 224
207B Offence of knowingly damaging critical habitat........................... 224
207C Sale or lease of Commonwealth land containing critical
habitat ........................................................................................... 225
208A Minister may accredit plans or regimes ........................................ 225 208 Regulations ................................................................................... 226
Division 2—Migratory species 227
Subdivision A—Listing 227
209 Listed migratory species ............................................................... 227
Subdivision B—Permit system 228
210 Subdivision does not apply to members of listed threatened
species or cetaceans ...................................................................... 228
211 Recklessly killing or injuring member of listed migratory
species........................................................................................... 228
211A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed
migratory species .......................................................................... 228
211B Recklessly taking etc. member of listed migratory species........... 229
211C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed migratory
species........................................................................................... 229
211D Trading etc. member of listed migratory species taken in Commonwealth area ..................................................................... 230 211E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed migratory species taken in Commonwealth area ........................................... 230 212 Certain actions are not offences .................................................... 231 213 Operation of sections 20 and 20A not affected ............................. 232 214 Failing to notify taking etc. of listed migratory species ................ 232 215 Application for permits................................................................. 233 216 Minister may issue permits ........................................................... 234 217 Conditions of permits.................................................................... 235 218 Contravening conditions of a permit............................................. 235 219 Authorities under permits ............................................................. 236 220 Transfer of permits........................................................................ 236 221 Suspension or cancellation of permits........................................... 236 221A Review of decisions about permits ............................................... 237 222 Fees............................................................................................... 237
222A Minister may accredit plans or regimes ........................................ 237 223 Regulations ................................................................................... 238
Subdivision A—Application of Division 239
224 Application of Division................................................................. 239
Subdivision B—Australian Whale Sanctuary 240
225 Australian Whale Sanctuary.......................................................... 240 226 Prescribed waters .......................................................................... 240 227 Coastal waters............................................................................... 241 228 Minister may make declaration for coastal waters ........................ 241
229 Recklessly killing or injuring a cetacean....................................... 241 229A Strict liability for killing or injuring a cetacean ............................ 242 229B Intentionally taking etc. a cetacean ............................................... 243 229C Strict liability for taking etc. a cetacean........................................ 243 229D Treating an illegally killed or taken cetacean................................ 244 230 Possession of cetaceans................................................................. 245 231 Certain actions are not offences .................................................... 245 232 Action to be taken on killing etc. cetaceans .................................. 246
232A Export of cetaceans....................................................................... 247 232B Import of cetaceans....................................................................... 247 233 Possession of unlawfully imported cetaceans ............................... 248 234 Treating unlawfully imported cetaceans ....................................... 248 235 Sections 232A, 232B, 233 and 234 do not apply to certain actions........................................................................................... 248
236 Offences relating to foreign whaling vessels ................................ 249
Subdivision F—Permit system 250
237 Application for permits................................................................. 250 238 Minister may issue permits ........................................................... 251 239 Conditions of permits.................................................................... 252 240 Contravening conditions of a permit............................................. 253 241 Authorities under permits ............................................................. 253 242 Transfer of permits........................................................................ 254 243 Suspension or cancellation of permits........................................... 254 243A Review of decisions about permits ............................................... 254 244 Fees............................................................................................... 254
245 Minister may accredit plans or regimes ........................................ 254 246 Vesting of whales in Commonwealth ........................................... 255 247 Regulations ................................................................................... 256
Division 4—Listed marine species 257
Subdivision A—Listing 257
248 Listed marine species.................................................................... 257 249 Minister may amend list................................................................ 257 250 Adding marine species to the list .................................................. 258 251 Minister must consider advice from Scientific Committee ........... 259 252 Minister to make lists available to the public................................ 259
Subdivision B—Permit system 259
253 Subdivision does not apply to members of certain species and cetaceans ................................................................................ 259 254 Recklessly killing or injuring member of listed marine species........................................................................................... 260 254A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed marine species........................................................................................... 260 254B Recklessly taking etc. member of listed marine species ............... 261 254C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed marine species ..... 261
254D Trading etc. member of listed marine species taken in
Commonwealth area ..................................................................... 262
254E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed marine
species taken in Commonwealth area ........................................... 262
255 Certain actions are not offences .................................................... 263
256 Failing to notify taking etc. of listed marine wildlife.................... 264
257 Application for permits................................................................. 265
258 Minister may issue permits ........................................................... 266
259 Conditions of permits.................................................................... 267
260 Contravening conditions of a permit............................................. 267
261 Authorities under permits ............................................................. 267
262 Transfer of permits........................................................................ 268
263 Suspension or cancellation of permits........................................... 268
263A Review of decisions about permits ............................................... 268
264 Fees............................................................................................... 268
265 Minister may accredit plans or regimes ........................................ 269 266 Regulations ................................................................................... 269
Division 4A—Register for consultations about permits 271 266A Register for consultation about permit applications...................... 271
An Act relating to the protection of the environment and the conservation of biodiversity, and for related purposes
This Act may be cited as the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
(1) The objects of this Act are:
Chapter 1 Preliminary Part 1 Preliminary
Section 3
(2) In order to achieve its objects, the Act:
(iii) protect ecosystems by means that include the establishment and management of reserves, the recognition and protection of ecological communities
Preliminary Chapter 1 Preliminary Part 1
Section 3A
and the promotion of off-reserve conservation measures; and
(iv) identify processes that threaten all levels of biodiversity and implement plans to address these processes; and
(iii) recognising and promoting indigenous peoples’ role in, and knowledge of, the conservation and ecologically sustainable use of biodiversity; and
(iv) the involvement of the community in management planning.
3A Principles of ecologically sustainable development
The following principles are principles of ecologically sustainable development:
Chapter 1 Preliminary Part 1 Preliminary
Section 4
(e) improved valuation, pricing and incentive mechanisms should be promoted.
4 Act to bind Crown
This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.
5 Application of Act
Extension to external Territories
(1) This Act extends to each external Territory.
Limited extraterritorial application
(2) This Act applies to acts, omissions, matters and things in the Australian jurisdiction, and does not apply to acts, omissions, matters and things outside the Australian jurisdiction except so far as the contrary intention appears.
Application limited to Australians outside exclusive economic zone
(3) A provision of this Act that has effect in relation to a place that is outside the outer limits of the exclusive economic zone and is not on or in the continental shelf applies only in relation to:
Preliminary Chapter 1 Preliminary Part 1
Section 5
Application to everyone in Australia and exclusive economic zone
(4) A provision of this Act that has effect in relation to a place that is within the outer limits of the exclusive economic zone (whether the place is in the zone or in Australia or an external Territory) or that is on or in the continental shelf applies in relation to:
Note: A reference to Australia or to an external Territory generally includes a reference to the coastal sea of Australia or the Territory (as appropriate). See section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Definitions
(5) In this Act:
Australian aircraft means:
Australian jurisdiction means the land, waters, seabed and airspace in, under or above:
Note: A reference to Australia or to an external Territory generally includes a reference to the coastal sea of Australia or the Territory (as appropriate). See section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Australian vessel means:
(a) a vessel that is owned, possessed or controlled by:
(i) the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency; or
Chapter 1 Preliminary Part 1 Preliminary
Section 7
(ii) a State, a self-governing Territory or an agency of a State or self-governing Territory; or
7 Application of the Criminal Code
Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to all offences against this
Act.
8 Native title rights not affected
(1) To avoid doubt, nothing in this Act affects the operation of section 211 of the Native Title Act 1993 in relation to a provision of this Act.
Note: Section 211 of the Native Title Act 1993 provides that holders of native title rights covering certain activities do not need authorisation required by other laws to engage in those activities.
(2) This Act does not affect the operation of:
9 Relationship with other Acts
Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976
(1A) Subsection 70(1) of the Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976 does not prevent a person exercising powers or performing functions or duties under Division 4 or 5 of Part 15, or Division 5 of Part 19, of this Act from entering or remaining on land:
Airports Act 1996 not affected
(1) This Act does not affect the operation of the Airports Act 1996.
Preliminary Chapter 1 Preliminary Part 1
Section 10
Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980 not affected
(2) To avoid doubt, nothing in this Act affects the operation of subsection 7(1) of the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980 or regulations made for the purposes of that subsection.
Australian Heritage Commission Act 1975 does not apply
(3) The making of a decision, or the giving of an approval, under this Act is not an action for the purposes of section 30 of the Australian Heritage Commission Act 1975.
10 Relationship with State law
This Act is not intended to exclude or limit the concurrent operation of any law of a State or Territory, except so far as the contrary intention appears.
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 2 Simplified outline of this Chapter
Section 11
11 Simplified outline of this Chapter
The following is a simplified outline of this Chapter:
This Chapter provides a basis for the Minister to decide whether an action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on certain aspects of the environment should proceed.
It does so by prohibiting a person from taking an action without the Minister having given approval or decided that approval is not needed. (Part 9 deals with the giving of approval.)
Approval is not needed to take an action if any of the following declare that the action does not need approval:
Also, an action does not need approval if it is taken in accordance with Regional Forest Agreements or a plan for managing the Great Barrier Reef.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
12 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant impact on a declared World Heritage property
(1) A person must not take an action that:
Civil penalty:
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 13
cultural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage Convention.
natural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage Convention.
13 What is a declared World Heritage property?
Properties on World Heritage List
(1) A property included in the World Heritage List is a declared World Heritage property as long as the property is included in the List.
Properties not yet on World Heritage List
(2) A property specified in a declaration made under section 14 (with any amendments made under section 15) is a declared World Heritage property for the period for which the declaration is in force.
14 Declaring a property to be a declared World Heritage property
Making declarations
(1) The Minister may declare a specified property to be a declared World Heritage property by notice in the Gazette if:
(i) the property has, or is likely to have, world heritage values; and
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
(ii) some or all of the world heritage values of the property
are under threat. | |
---|---|
Note 1: | The Minister may make more than one declaration relating to the same property. See subsection 33(1) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901. |
Note 2: | The Minister may make an extra declaration to cover property that is an extension of a property previously submitted to the World Heritage Committee. |
Consulting State or Territory before making declaration
(2) Before the Minister makes a declaration relating to property wholly or partly within a State or self-governing Territory, the Minister must inform the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory of the proposal to make the declaration, and give him or her a reasonable opportunity to comment on the proposal.
Consultation not required if threat is imminent
(3) However, the Minister need not comply with subsection (2) if:
Failure to comply with subsection (2)
(4) The validity of a declaration is not affected by a failure to comply with subsection (2) in relation to the making of the declaration.
When a declaration is in force
(5) A declaration:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 15
(iii) if the declaration specifies a property submitted to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World Heritage List—the Committee either includes the property in the List or decides the property should not be included in the List.
Specified period for which declaration is in force
(6) The Minister must specify in a declaration the period for which it is to be in force. The period must not be longer than the period the Minister believes:
Declarations because of threat in force for a year or less
(7) The Minister must not specify that a declaration of a property is to be in force for more than 12 months if:
15 Amending or revoking a declaration of a declared World Heritage property
Revoking declarations specifying nominated property
(1) The Minister must, by notice in the Gazette, revoke a declaration made under section 14 specifying a property that has been
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
submitted to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World Heritage List if the Commonwealth decides to withdraw the submission of the property for inclusion in the List.
Amending declarations specifying nominated property
(2) The Minister must, by notice in the Gazette, amend a declaration made under section 14 specifying a property that has been submitted to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World Heritage List so as to remove from the specification any part of the property that the Commonwealth decides to withdraw from the submission.
Revoking declarations specifying property not yet nominated
(3) The Minister must, by notice in the Gazette, revoke a declaration made under section 14 specifying a property that is not submitted to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World Heritage List if:
15A Offences relating to declared World Heritage properties
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 16
(b) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the world heritage values of a declared World Heritage property and the person is reckless as to that fact.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence against this section may also be guilty of an offence against section 495.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
16 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant impact on a declared Ramsar wetland
(1) A person must not take an action that:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Civil penalty:
ecological character has the same meaning as in the Ramsar Convention.
Areas designated for listing
(1) A wetland, or part of a wetland, designated by the Commonwealth under Article 2 of the Ramsar Convention for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance kept under that Article is a declared Ramsar wetland as long as the wetland or part is not:
(a) excluded by the Commonwealth from the boundaries of a wetland in the List under that Article; or
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 17A
(b) deleted by the Commonwealth from the List under that Article.
Areas declared by the Minister
(2) A wetland, or part of a wetland, is also a declared Ramsar wetland for the period for which a declaration of the wetland as a declared Ramsar wetland is in force.
17A Making and revoking declarations of wetlands
Declaring threatened wetlands of international importance
(1) The Minister may declare a specified wetland to be a declared Ramsar wetland by notice in the Gazette if the Minister is satisfied that:
Note: The Minister may make more than one declaration of the same wetland under this section. See subsection 33(1) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Consulting State or Territory before making declaration
(2) Before the Minister makes a declaration relating to a wetland wholly or partly within a State or self-governing Territory, the Minister must inform the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory of the proposal to make the declaration, and give him or her a reasonable opportunity to comment on the proposal.
Consultation not required if threat is imminent
(3) However, the Minister need not comply with subsection (2) if he or she is satisfied that the threat mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) is imminent.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Failure to comply with subsection (2)
(4) The validity of a declaration is not affected by a failure to comply with subsection (2) in relation to the making of the declaration.
When a declaration is in force
(5) A declaration comes into force on the day it is published in the Gazette and remains in force for the period specified in the declaration, unless it is revoked earlier.
Specifying period for which declaration is in force
(6) The Minister must specify in a declaration the period for which it is to be in force. The period must not be longer than the shorter of the following periods:
Revocation of declaration of threatened wetland
(7) The Minister must, by notice in the Gazette, revoke a declaration of a wetland if:
17B Offences relating to declared Ramsar wetlands
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 17B
(b) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the ecological character of a declared Ramsar wetland.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence against this section may also be guilty of an offence against section 495.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Species that are extinct in the wild
(1) A person must not take an action that:
Civil penalty:
Critically endangered species
(2) A person must not take an action that:
Civil penalty:
Endangered species
(3) A person must not take an action that:
Civil penalty:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 18
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Vulnerable species
(4) A person must not take an action that:
Civil penalty:
Critically endangered communities
(5) A person must not take an action that:
Civil penalty:
Endangered communities
(6) A person must not take an action that:
Civil penalty:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
18A Offences relating to threatened species etc.
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence against this section may also be guilty of an offence against section 495.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 19
impact) is an ecological community included in the vulnerable category of the list under section 181.
Note 1: | The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code. |
Note 2: | Section 19 sets out other defences. The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in that section too. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code. |
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Subdivision D—Listed migratory species
(1) A person must not take an action that:
Civil penalty:
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
20A Offences relating to listed migratory species
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 20A
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence against this section may also be guilty of an offence against section 495.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Subdivision E—Protection of the environment from nuclear actions
(1) A constitutional corporation, the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agency must not take a nuclear action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the environment.
Civil penalty:
(2) A person must not, for the purposes of trade or commerce:
take a nuclear action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the environment.
Civil penalty:
(3) A person must not take in a Territory a nuclear action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the environment.
Civil penalty:
(4) Subsections (1), (2) and (3) do not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the constitutional corporation, Commonwealth agency, Commonwealth or person is in operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 22
(1) In this Act:
nuclear action means any of the following:
nuclear installation means any of the following:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Note: A nuclear waste storage or disposal facility could include a facility for storing spent nuclear fuel, depending on the regulations.
radioactive waste means radioactive material for which no further use is foreseen.
reprocessing means a process or operation to extract radioactive isotopes from spent nuclear fuel for further use.
spent nuclear fuel means nuclear fuel that has been irradiated in a nuclear reactor core and permanently removed from the core.
(2) In this Act:
large-scale disposal facility for radioactive waste means, if regulations are made for the purposes of this definition, a facility prescribed by the regulations.
22A Offences relating to nuclear actions
(1) A constitutional corporation, or a Commonwealth agency that does not enjoy the immunities of the Commonwealth, is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) A constitutional corporation, or a Commonwealth agency that does not enjoy the immunities of the Commonwealth, is guilty of an offence if:
(a) the corporation or agency takes a nuclear action; and
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 22A
(b) the nuclear action is likely to have a significant impact on the environment and the corporation or agency is reckless as to that fact.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(3) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(4) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(5) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(6) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(7) An offence against subsection (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence against this section may also be guilty of an offence against section 495.
(8) Subsections (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) do not apply to an action if:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 23
Subdivision F—Marine environment
Actions in Commonwealth marine areas affecting the environment
(1) A person must not take in a Commonwealth marine area an action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the environment.
Civil penalty:
Actions outside Commonwealth marine areas affecting those areas
(2) A person must not take outside a Commonwealth marine area but in the Australian jurisdiction an action that:
Civil penalty:
Fishing in State or Territory waters managed by Commonwealth
(3) A person must not take in the coastal waters (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act 1991) of a State or the Northern Territory an action:
(a) that:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
section 71 or 72 of that Act before the commencement of this section; and
(b) that:
Civil penalty:
Exceptions to prohibitions
(4) Subsection (1), (2) or (3) does not apply to an action if:
Note: Section 28 regulates actions by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency with a significant impact on the environment.
Exception—fishing in Commonwealth waters managed by State
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if the action:
(a) is fishing (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act 1991); and
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 24
Exception—fishing outside Commonwealth marine areas
(6) Subsection (2) does not apply to an action that:
Each of the following is a Commonwealth marine area:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
(f) any airspace over waters covered by paragraph (d).
24A Offences relating to marine areas
Actions in Commonwealth marine areas affecting the environment
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Actions in Commonwealth marine areas likely to affect the environment
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Actions outside Commonwealth marine areas affecting those areas
(3) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 24A
Actions likely to affect environment in Commonwealth marine areas
(4) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Fishing with impact in State or Territory waters managed by Commonwealth
(5) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Fishing with likely impact in State or Territory waters managed by Commonwealth
(6) A person is guilty of an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action that:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Penalties
(7) An offence against subsection (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence against this section may also be guilty of an offence against section 495.
Defences—general
(8) Subsection (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) does not apply to an action if:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 25
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Defence—fishing in Commonwealth waters managed by State
(9) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if the action:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Defence—fishing outside Commonwealth marine areas
(10) Subsections (3) and (4) do not apply to an action that:
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision G—Additional matters of national environmental significance
25 Requirement for approval of prescribed actions
(1) A person must not take an action that is prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Civil penalty:
(i) the action to be prescribed; and
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 25A
(ii) the thing to be prescribed as matter protected by this section in relation to the action.
Note: Section 34 provides that the matter protected by this section is a thing prescribed by the regulations in relation to the action.
(3A) To avoid doubt, regulations may be made for the purposes of this section even if no agreement is reached on the matters described in paragraph (3)(d).
Subdivision H—Actions that are taken to be covered by this Division
25A Actions that are taken to be covered by this Division
(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is taken to be an action to which a specified regulatory provision applies.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Note: For specification by class, see subsection 46(2) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
regulatory provision means:
Subdivision I—Evidentiary certificates
25B Evidentiary certificates
Contravention
(1) The Minister may issue a written certificate:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 25C
Proposal
25C Certificate to be given to person
As soon as practicable after issuing a certificate under subsection 25B(1) or (4), the Minister must give a copy of the certificate to the person concerned.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
25D Evidentiary effect of certificate
25E Variation of certificate
25F Revocation of certificate
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 2 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth
Section 26
Division 2—Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth
Subdivision A—Protection of environment from actions involving Commonwealth land
26 Requirement for approval of activities involving Commonwealth land
Actions on Commonwealth land
(1) A person must not take on Commonwealth land an action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the environment.
Civil penalty:
Actions outside Commonwealth land affecting that land
(2) A person must not take outside Commonwealth land an action that:
Civil penalty:
Exceptions to prohibitions
(3) Subsection (1) or (2) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in operation under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth Division 2
Note: Section 28 regulates actions by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency with a significant impact on the environment.
27 What is Commonwealth land?
Commonwealth land is so much of a Commonwealth area as is not a Commonwealth marine area.
27A Offences relating to Commonwealth land
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 2 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth
Section 27A
(3) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(4) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(5) An offence against subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 2 years, a fine not more than 120 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence against this section may also be guilty of an offence against section 495.
(6) Subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) does not apply to an action if:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth Division 2
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken in that manner; or
Note 1: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: Section 28 regulates actions by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency with a significant impact on the environment.
Subdivision B—Protection of the environment from Commonwealth actions
28 Requirement for approval of activities of Commonwealth agencies significantly affecting the environment
(1) The Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency must not take inside or outside the Australian jurisdiction an action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the environment inside or outside the Australian jurisdiction.
Civil penalty:
Note: This does not apply to decisions to authorise activities. See Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 23.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 2 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth
Section 28
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3 Review of extension of operation of this Part Division 3
Division 3—Review of extension of operation of this Part
28A Identifying extra matters to be protected by this Part
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals Division 3 Review of extension of operation of this Part
Section 28A
(6) To avoid doubt, this section does not affect the operation of section 25.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Actions covered by bilateral agreements Division 1
Part 4—Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 1—Actions covered by bilateral agreements
29 Actions declared by agreement not to need approval
(1) A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3 without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision if:
Note 1: Section 46 deals with bilateral agreements making declarations described in paragraph (1)(b).
Note 2: Division 3 of Part 5 explains how the operation of a bilateral agreement may be ended or suspended. Also, under section 49, bilateral agreements do not operate in relation to actions in Commonwealth areas, or actions taken by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency, unless they expressly provide that they do.
(2) If the action is to be taken in 2 or more States or self-governing Territories, this section does not operate unless it operates in relation to each of those States or Territories.
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 1 Actions covered by bilateral agreements
Section 30
30 Extended operation in State and Northern Territory waters
Note: A provision of a bilateral agreement only has effect in relation to a Commonwealth area if the agreement expressly provides that it does. See section 49.
31 Extended operation in non-self-governing Territories
A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3 without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision if:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Actions covered by bilateral agreements Division 1
Note: Division 3 of Part 5 explains how the operation of a bilateral agreement may be ended or suspended.
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations
Section 32
Division 2—Actions covered by Ministerial declarations
Subdivision A—Effect of declarations
32 Actions declared by Minister not to need approval
A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3 without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision if:
Subdivision B—Making declarations
33 Making declaration that actions do not need approval under Part 9
Declaration of actions not needing approval
(1) The Minister may declare in writing that actions in a class of actions specified in the declaration wholly or partly by reference to the fact that their taking has been approved by the Commonwealth or a specified Commonwealth agency, in accordance with a management plan that is an accredited management plan for the purposes of the declaration, do not require approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3.
Note 1: Subdivisions C and D set out rules about prerequisites for making a declaration and limits on making a declaration.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations Division 2
Note 2: Section 35 provides for revocation of a declaration.
What is an accredited management plan?
(2) A management plan is an accredited management plan for the purposes of a declaration that certain actions do not require approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3 if and only if the management plan:
Accrediting management plan
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the Minister may accredit by written instrument a management plan for the purposes of a declaration. However, the Minister may do so only if the Minister is satisfied that:
on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3 to which the declaration relates; and
(c) actions approved or taken in accordance with the management plan will not have unacceptable or unsustainable impacts on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3 to which the declaration relates.
The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations (if any) the instrument accrediting the management plan. Note: Subdivision C sets out more prerequisites for accrediting a plan.
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations
Section 33
Tabling of management plan before accreditation
(4) The Minister must cause to be laid before each House of the Parliament a copy of a management plan that the Minister is considering accrediting for the purposes of subsection (2), together with a notice that the Minister proposes to accredit the plan for a declaration under this section.
No accreditation before end of period for opposition
(5) The Minister must not accredit a management plan for the purposes of subsection (2) under a bilateral agreement:
No accreditation after accreditation opposed
(6) The Minister must not accredit the management plan if either House of the Parliament passes a resolution opposing accreditation of the management plan following a motion of which notice has been given within 15 sitting days after the management plan has been laid before the House under this section.
No accreditation if motion not defeated in time
(7) The Minister must not accredit the management plan if at the end of 15 sitting days after notice of a motion to oppose accreditation of the management plan that was given in a House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days after the management plan was laid before the House under this section:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations Division 2
Extended time after dissolution or prorogation
(8) If:
has not been withdrawn or otherwise disposed of; the management plan is taken for the purposes of subsections (5),
(6) and (7) to have been laid before the opposing House on the first sitting day of that House after the dissolution, expiry or prorogation (as appropriate).
34 What is matter protected by a provision of Part 3?
The matter protected by a provision of Part 3 specified in column 2 of an item of the following table is the thing specified in column 3 of the item.
Matter protected by provisions of Part 3
Item Provision Matter protected
1 section 12 the world heritage values of a declared World Heritage property
1A section 15 the world heritage values of a declared World A Heritage property
2 section 16 the ecological character of a declared Ramsar wetland
2A section 17 the ecological character of a declared Ramsar B wetland
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations
Section 34
Matter protected by provisions of Part 3
Item | Provision |
3 | subsection |
18(1) | |
4 | subsection |
18(2) | |
5 | subsection |
18(3) | |
6 | subsection |
18(4) | |
7 | subsection |
18(5) | |
8 | subsection |
18(6) | |
8A | subsection |
18A(1) or | |
(2) | |
9 | section 20 |
9A | section 20 |
A | |
10 | section 21 |
10A | section 22 |
A | |
11 | subsection |
23(1) | |
12 | subsection |
23(2) | |
13 | subsection |
23(3) |
Matter protected
a listed threatened species in the extinct in the
wild category a listed threatened species in the critically endangered category
a listed threatened species in the endangered
category a listed threatened species in the vulnerable category
a listed threatened ecological community in the
critically endangered category a listed threatened ecological community in the endangered category
a listed threatened species (except a species included in the extinct category of the list referred to in section 178 or a conservation dependent species) and a listed threatened ecological community (except an ecological community included in the vulnerable category of the list referred to in section 181)
a listed migratory species a listed migratory species
the environment the environment
the environment
the environment in a Commonwealth marine
area the environment in the coastal waters (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act 1991) in which the action is taken of the State or Territory
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations Division 2
Matter protected by provisions of Part 3
Item | Provision | Matter protected |
---|---|---|
13A | subsection 24A(1) or (2) | the environment |
13B | subsection | the environment in a Commonwealth marine |
24A(3) or | area | |
(4) |
13C | subsection | the environment in the coastal waters (as |
24A(5) or | defined in the Fisheries Management Act 1991) | |
(6) | in which the action is taken of the State or | |
Territory | ||
14 15 | section 25 subsection 26(1) | a thing prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this item in relation to an action to which section 25 applies the environment |
16 16A | subsection 26(2) subsection 27A(1) or (2) | the environment on Commonwealth land the environment |
16B 17 | subsection 27A(3) or (4) section 28 | the environment on Commonwealth land the environment |
Subdivision C—Prerequisites for making declarations
34A Minister may only make declaration if prescribed criteria are met
The Minister may make a declaration under section 33 only if the Minister is satisfied that the declaration:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations
Section 34B
34B Declarations relating to declared World Heritage properties
34C Declarations relating to declared Ramsar wetlands
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations Division 2
34D Declarations relating to listed threatened species and ecological communities
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations
Section 34E
of each species or community to which the declaration relates; and
(c) the Minister is satisfied that the management plan is not inconsistent with any recovery plan for the species or community or a threat abatement plan.
34E Declarations relating to migratory species
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the management plan is not inconsistent with the Commonwealth’s obligations under whichever of the following conventions or agreements because of which the species is listed:
(iii) JAMBA;
(iv) an international agreement approved under subsection 209(4); and
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations Division 2
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the management plan will promote the survival and/or enhance the conservation status of each species to which the declaration relates.
Subdivision D—Other rules about declarations
35 Revoking declarations
Revoking declarations
(1) The Minister may, by written instrument, revoke a declaration made under section 33.
Revocation does not affect some actions
(2) If:
this Act continues to operate in relation to the action as if the declaration had not been revoked.
36 Other rules about declarations
Minister must not give preference
(1) In making a declaration or accrediting a management plan under section 33, or revoking a declaration under section 35, relating to an action taken:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations
Section 36
the Minister must not give preference (within the meaning of section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State over another State or part of a State.
Publishing declarations
(2) The Minister must publish a declaration made under section 33, an instrument accrediting a management plan under section 33, or an instrument under section 35 revoking a declaration, in accordance with the regulations.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Forestry operations in certain regions Division 4
Division 4—Forestry operations in certain regions
Subdivision A—Regions covered by regional forest agreements
38 Part 3 not to apply to certain RFA forestry operations
RFA or regional forest agreement has the same meaning as in the Regional Forest Agreements Act 2002.
RFA forestry operation has the same meaning as in the Regional Forest Agreements Act 2002.
Note: This section does not apply to some RFA forestry operations. See section 42.
Subdivision B—Regions subject to a process of negotiating a regional forest agreement
39 Object of this Subdivision
The purpose of this Subdivision is to ensure that an approval under Part 9 is not required for forestry operations in a region for which a process (involving the conduct of a comprehensive regional assessment, assessment under the Environment Protection (Impact of Proposals) Act 1974 and protection of the environment through agreements between the Commonwealth and the relevant State and conditions on licences for the export of wood chips) of developing and negotiating a regional forest agreement is being, or has been, carried on.
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 4 Forestry operations in certain regions
Section 40
40 Forestry operations in regions not yet covered by regional forest agreements
(1) A person may undertake forestry operations in an RFA region in a State or Territory without approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 if there is not a regional forest agreement in force for any of the region.
Note 1: This section does not apply to some forestry operations. See section 42.
Note 2: The process of making a regional forest agreement is subject to assessment under the Environment Protection (Impact of Proposals) Act 1974, as continued by the Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999.
(2) In this Division:
forestry operations means any of the following done for commercial purposes:
purposes of paragraph (c), forest products means live or dead trees, ferns or shrubs, or parts thereof.
RFA region has the meaning given by section 41.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Forestry operations in certain regions Division 4
41 What is an RFA region?
Regions that are RFA regions
(1) Each of the following is an RFA region:
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 4 Forestry operations in certain regions
Section 42
Regulations may amend list of regions
(2) The regulations may amend subsection (1).
Prerequisites for prescribing RFA regions
(3) Before the Governor-General makes regulations amending subsection (1), the Minister must be satisfied that the proposed regulations, in conjunction with this Subdivision, will not give preference (within the meaning of section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State over another State or part of a State.
Subdivision C—Limits on application
42 This Division does not apply to some forestry operations
Subdivisions A and B of this Division, and subsection 6(4) of the Regional Forest Agreements Act 2002, do not apply to RFA forestry operations, or to forestry operations, that are:
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Actions in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Division 5
Division 5—Actions in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
43 Actions taken in accordance with permission
A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3 without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision if:
(iii) a permission;
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Division 6 Actions with prior authorisation
Section 43A
Division 6—Actions with prior authorisation
43A Actions with prior authorisation
environmental authorisation means an authorisation under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a self-governing Territory that has either or both of the following objects (whether express or implied):
43B Actions which are lawful continuations of use of land etc.
Protecting the environment Chapter 2 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4 Actions with prior authorisation Division 6
Note: Section 43A applies to actions that were specifically authorised under a law before the commencement of this Act.
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 1 Object of Part
Section 44
Chapter 3—Bilateral agreements
Part 5—Bilateral agreements
Division 1—Object of Part
44 Object of this Part
The object of this Part is to provide for agreements between the Commonwealth and a State or self-governing Territory that:
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Division 2—Making bilateral agreements
Subdivision A—Power to make bilateral agreements
45 Minister may make agreement
Making bilateral agreement
(1) On behalf of the Commonwealth, the Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement.
Note 1: A bilateral agreement can detail the level of Commonwealth accreditation of State practices, procedures, processes, systems, management plans and other approaches to environmental protection.
Note 2: Subdivision B sets out some prerequisites for entering into bilateral agreements.
What is a bilateral agreement?
(2) A bilateral agreement is a written agreement between the Commonwealth and a State or a self-governing Territory that:
Publishing notice of intention to enter into agreement
(3) As soon as practicable after starting the process of developing a draft bilateral agreement with a State or self-governing Territory, the Minister must publish, in accordance with the regulations (if
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 46
any), notice of his or her intention to develop a draft bilateral agreement with the State or Territory.
Publishing bilateral agreements and related material
(4) As soon as practicable after entering into a bilateral agreement, the Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations:
46 Agreement may declare actions do not need approval under Part 9
Declaration of actions not needing approval
(1) A bilateral agreement may declare that actions in a class of actions specified in the agreement wholly or partly by reference to the fact that their taking has been approved by:
not require approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3.
What is a bilaterally accredited management plan?
(2) A management plan is a bilaterally accredited management plan for the purposes of a bilateral agreement declaring that certain actions do not require approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3 if and only if the management plan:
(a) is in force under a law:
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Making bilateral agreements Division 2
(b) has been accredited in writing by the Minister in accordance with this section for the purposes of the agreement.
Accrediting management plan
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the Minister may accredit in writing a management plan for the purposes of a bilateral agreement with a State or self-governing Territory. However, the Minister may do so only if the Minister is satisfied that:
to which the agreement makes a declaration under subsection (1); and
(c) actions approved in accordance with the management plan will not have unacceptable or unsustainable impacts on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3 in relation to which the agreement makes a declaration under subsection (1).
The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations (if any) the instrument accrediting the management plan. Note: Subdivision B sets out more prerequisites for accrediting a plan.
Tabling of management plan before accreditation
(4) The Minister must cause to be laid before each House of the Parliament a copy of a management plan that the Minister is considering accrediting for the purposes of subsection (2).
No accreditation before end of period for disallowance
(5) The Minister must not accredit a management plan for the purposes of subsection (2) under a bilateral agreement:
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 46
Disallowance motion passed
(6) The Minister must not accredit the management plan if either House of the Parliament passes a resolution disallowing the management plan following a motion of which notice has been given within 15 sitting days after the plan has been laid before the House.
Disallowance motion not defeated in time
(7) The Minister must not accredit the management plan if at the end of 15 sitting days after notice of a motion to disallow the management plan that was given in a House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days after the management plan was laid before the House:
Extended time after dissolution or prorogation
(8) If:
(i) the notice has not been withdrawn and the motion has not been called on; or
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Making bilateral agreements Division 2
(ii) the motion has been called on, moved and seconded and
has not been withdrawn or otherwise disposed of; the management plan is taken for the purposes of subsections (5),
(6) and (7) to have been laid before the disallowing House on the first sitting day of that House after the dissolution, expiry or prorogation (as appropriate).
No preference
(9) In accrediting a management plan for the purposes of a bilateral agreement making a declaration relating to an action:
section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State over another State or part of a State.
Requirements for bilateral agreement making declaration
(10) The declaration does not have effect for the purposes of this Act unless the bilateral agreement requires the State or self-governing Territory that is party to the agreement and agencies of the State or Territory:
47 Agreement may declare classes of actions do not need assessment
Declaration of actions that do not need further assessment
(1) A bilateral agreement may declare that actions in a class of actions identified wholly or partly by reference to the fact that they have
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 47
been assessed in a specified manner need not be assessed under
Part 8. | |
---|---|
Note: | A declaration described in subsection (1) can accredit practices, procedures, systems of the State or self-governing Territory for environmental assessment. |
Prerequisite to declaration
(2) The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement declaring that actions assessed in a specified manner need not be assessed under Part 8 only if he or she is satisfied that assessment of an action in the specified manner will include assessment of the impacts the action:
(a) has or will have; or
(b) is likely to have; on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3.
Assessment approaches that may be accredited
(3) The manner of assessment of actions that may be specified in a bilateral agreement between the Commonwealth and a State or Territory for the purposes of subsection (1) includes:
This does not limit subsection (1).
Report on actions that do not need further assessment
(4) If a bilateral agreement has (or could have) the effect that an action need not be assessed under Part 8 but the action must still be approved under Part 9, the agreement must provide for the Minister to receive a report including, or accompanied by, enough information about the relevant impacts of the action to let the Minister make an informed decision whether or not to approve
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Making bilateral agreements Division 2
under Part 9 (for the purposes of each controlling provision) the taking of the action.
48 Other provisions of bilateral agreements
(1) A bilateral agreement may include:
Consistency with Act and regulations
(2) A provision of a bilateral agreement has no effect for the purposes of this Act to the extent that it is inconsistent with this Act or the regulations. A provision of a bilateral agreement is not inconsistent with this Act or the regulations if it is possible to comply with both the provision on the one hand and the Act or regulations on the other hand.
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 48A
Relationship with sections 46 and 47
(3) Subsection (1) does not limit sections 46 and 47.
48A Mandatory provisions
Application
(1) A bilateral agreement with a State or self-governing Territory including a declaration that is described in section 46 or 47 and covers actions described in subsection (2) or (3) does not have effect for the purposes of this Act unless the agreement also includes the undertaking required by subsection (2) or (3) (as appropriate).
Agreements including declarations about approvals
(2) A bilateral agreement including a declaration described in section 46 must include an undertaking by the State or Territory to ensure that the environmental impacts that the following actions covered by the declaration have, will have or are likely to have on a thing that is not a matter protected by a provision of Part 3 for which the declaration has effect will be assessed to the greatest extent practicable:
Agreements including declarations about assessment
(3) A bilateral agreement including a declaration described in section 47 must include an undertaking by the State or Territory to
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Making bilateral agreements Division 2
ensure that the environmental impacts that the following actions covered by the declaration have, will have or are likely to have (other than the relevant impacts of those actions) will be assessed to the greatest extent practicable:
Auditing
(4) A bilateral agreement does not have effect for the purposes of this Act unless it includes a provision recognising that, under the Auditor-General Act 1997, the Auditor-General may audit the operations of the Commonwealth public sector (as defined in section 18 of that Act) relating to the bilateral agreement.
49 Express provision needed to affect Commonwealth areas or actions
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 49A
given by Proclamation continued in force by the Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999.
Subdivision B—Prerequisites for making bilateral agreements
49A Consultation on draft agreement
The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement only if he or she:
50 Minister may only enter into agreement if prescribed criteria are met
The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement only if the Minister is satisfied that the agreement:
51 Agreements relating to declared World Heritage properties
(1) The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement containing a provision relating to a declared World Heritage property only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the provision is not inconsistent with Australia’s obligations under the World Heritage Convention; and
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Making bilateral agreements Division 2
(2) The Minister may accredit a management plan under section 46 for the purposes of a bilateral agreement containing a provision relating to a declared World Heritage property only if:
52 Agreements relating to declared Ramsar wetlands
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 53
53 Agreements relating to listed threatened species and ecological communities
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Making bilateral agreements Division 2
54 Agreements relating to migratory species
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 55
55 Agreements relating to nuclear actions
The Minister must not enter into a bilateral agreement, or accredit for the purposes of a bilateral agreement a management plan, containing a provision that:
56 Agreements relating to prescribed actions
The Minister must not enter into a bilateral agreement containing a provision that:
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
Division 3—Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements
Subdivision A—Suspension and cancellation of effect
57 Representations about suspension or cancellation
Representations
(1) A person may refer to the Minister a matter that the person believes involves a contravention of a bilateral agreement.
Minister must decide whether agreement has been contravened
(2) The Minister must:
Publication of decision and reasons
(3) The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations each decision he or she makes, and the reasons for it.
Minister need not decide on vexatious referrals
(4) Despite subsection (2), the Minister need not make a decision under that subsection if he or she is satisfied that:
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 3 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements
Section 58
58 Consultation before cancellation or suspension
59 Suspension or cancellation
Minister may give notice of suspension or cancellation
(1) If, after the consultation, the Environment Minister is not satisfied that the State or Territory:
he or she may give the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory a written notice described in subsection (2) or (3).
Example 1: The Minister could give notice if the agreement declared that certain actions affecting the world heritage values of a declared world heritage property did not require approval under Part 9 if approved by
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
the State, and the State approved an action that was not consistent with the protection, conservation and presentation of those values.
Example 2: The Minister could give notice if the agreement declared that certain actions affecting the ecological character of a declared Ramsar wetland did not require approval under Part 9 if approved by the State, and the State approved an action that had a significant adverse impact on that character.
Example 3: The Minister could give notice if the agreement declared that certain actions affecting a listed threatened species did not require approval under Part 9 if approved by the State, and the State approved an action that caused the species to become more threatened.
Notice of suspension
(2) A notice may state that the effect of the agreement, or specified provisions of the agreement, for the purposes of this Act or specified provisions of this Act is suspended, either generally or in relation to actions in a specified class, for a period:
Notice of cancellation
(3) A notice may state that the effect of the agreement, or specified provisions of the agreement, for the purposes of this Act or specified provisions of this Act is cancelled, either generally or in relation to actions in a specified class, on a specified day at least 10 business days (in the capital city of the State or Territory) after the day on which the notice is given.
Effect suspended or cancelled in accordance with notice
(4) The effect of an agreement or specified provision of an agreement is suspended or cancelled for the purposes of this Act, or of a specified provision of this Act, either generally or in relation to actions in a specified class, in accordance with the notice. This subsection has effect subject to sections 61 and 62.
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 3 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements
Section 60
Reasons for giving notice
(5) When giving a notice, the Environment Minister must give the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory a written statement of reasons for the giving of the notice.
Publishing notice and reasons
(6) As soon as practicable after the suspension or cancellation occurs, the Environment Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations:
60 Emergency suspension of effect of bilateral agreement
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
(the State or Territory Minister) notice of the suspension, the Environment Minister must consult the State or Territory Minister about the non-compliance.
(6) To avoid doubt, this section has effect despite sections 58 and 59.
61 Cancellation during suspension
62 Revocation of notice of suspension or cancellation
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 3 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements
Section 63
However, the Environment Minister must not revoke the notice of cancellation after cancellation of the effect of the agreement occurs.
63 Cancellation or suspension at request of other party
Minister must give notice of cancellation or suspension
(1) The Minister must give the appropriate Minister of a State or self-governing Territory that is party to a bilateral agreement a notice under subsection (2) or (3) if the appropriate Minister has requested a notice under that subsection in accordance with the agreement.
Notice of suspension
(2) A notice may state that the effect of the agreement, or specified provisions of the agreement, for the purposes of this Act or specified provisions of this Act is suspended, either generally or in relation to actions in a specified class, for a period:
Notice of cancellation
(3) A notice may state that the effect of the agreement, or specified provisions of the agreement, for the purposes of this Act or specified provisions of this Act is cancelled, either generally or in relation to actions in a specified class, on a specified day after the day on which the notice is given.
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
Effect suspended or cancelled in accordance with notice
(4) The effect of an agreement or specified provision of an agreement is suspended or cancelled for the purposes of this Act, or of a specified provision of this Act, either generally or in relation to actions in a specified class, in accordance with the notice.
Publishing notice and reasons
(5) As soon as practicable after the suspension or cancellation occurs, the Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations:
64 Cancellation or suspension of bilateral agreement does not affect certain actions
Application
(1) This section explains how this Act operates in relation to an action that a person was able to take without approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 because of Division 1 of Part 4 and a provision of a bilateral agreement immediately before the cancellation or suspension of the operation of the provision of the agreement for the purposes of this Act or of any provision of this Act.
Actions approved in specified manner may be taken
(2) If the action was able to be taken without approval under Part 9 because its taking had already been approved in accordance with a management plan that is a bilaterally accredited management plan for the purposes of the agreement, this Act continues to operate in relation to the action as if the suspension or cancellation had not occurred.
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Bilateral agreements Division 3 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements
Section 65
Subdivision B—Expiry of bilateral agreements
65 Expiry and review of bilateral agreements
(1) A bilateral agreement ceases to have effect for the purposes of this Act:
to have effect for the purposes of this Act. Note: The parties to a bilateral agreement may also agree to revoke it.
(2) The Minister must:
State or Territory that is party to the agreement;
before the agreement ceases to have effect as a result of this
section.
Note: A bilateral agreement may also provide for review of its operation.
(3) The Minister must publish the report in accordance with the regulations.
65A Expiry of bilateral agreement does not affect certain actions
Application of subsection (2)
(1) Subsection (2) explains how this Act operates in relation to an action that a person was able to take without approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 because of Division 1 of Part 4 and a provision of a bilateral agreement immediately before the agreement ceases to have effect for the purposes of this Act under section 65.
Actions already approved may be taken
(2) This Act continues to operate in relation to the action as if the agreement had not ceased to have effect if the action was able to be taken without approval under Part 9 because its taking had already
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements Part 5 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
been approved in accordance with a management plan that was a bilaterally accredited management plan for the purposes of the agreement.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 6 Simplified outline of this Chapter
Section 66
Chapter 4—Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 6—Simplified outline of this Chapter
66 Simplified outline of this Chapter
The following is a simplified outline of this Chapter:
This Chapter deals with assessment and approval of actions that Part 3 prohibits without approval (controlled actions). (It does not deal with actions that a bilateral agreement declares not to need approval.)
A person proposing to take an action, or a government body aware of the proposal, may refer the proposal to the Minister so he or she can decide:
An assessment may be done using:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Simplified outline of this Chapter Part 6
Section 66
(d) | preliminary documentation provided by the |
proponent; or | |
(e) | a public environment report; or |
(f) | an environmental impact statement; or |
(g) | a public inquiry. |
Once the report of the assessment is given to the Minister, he or she must decide whether or not to approve the action, and what conditions to attach to any approval.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Division 1 Referral of proposals to take action
Section 67
Part 7—Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 1—Referral of proposals to take action
67 What is a controlled action?
An action that a person proposes to take is a controlled action if the taking of the action by the person without approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 would be prohibited by the provision. The provision is a controlling provision for the action.
68 Referral by person proposing to take action
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7 Referral of proposals to take action Division 1
69 State or Territory may refer proposal to Minister
Note: Section 68 applies instead.
70 Minister may request referral of proposal
(1) If the Minister believes a person proposes to take an action that the Minister thinks may be or is a controlled action, the Minister may request:
to refer the proposal to the Minister within 15 business days or a longer period agreed by the Minister and the requested person, State, Territory or agency (as appropriate).
Note 1: If the proposal to take the action is not referred, the person cannot get an approval under Part 9 to take the action. If taking the action without approval contravenes Part 3, an injunction could be sought to prevent or stop the action, or the person could be ordered to pay a pecuniary penalty.
Note 2: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
(2) In making a request, the Minister must act in accordance with the regulations (if any).
Deemed referral of proposal
(3) If:
(a) the Minister has made a request under subsection (1); and
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Division 1 Referral of proposals to take action
Section 71
Minister in accordance with the request; the Minister may, within 20 business days after the end of that period, determine in writing that this Act has effect as if:
71 Commonwealth agency may refer proposal to Minister
Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency to take an action. Note: Section 68 applies instead.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7 Referral of proposals to take action Division 1
72 Form and content of referrals
73 Informing person proposing to take action of referral
As soon as practicable after receiving a referral under section 69 or 71 of a proposal by a person to take an action, the Minister must:
74 Inviting provision of information on referred proposal
Inviting other Commonwealth Ministers to provide information
(1) As soon as practicable after receiving a referral of a proposal to take an action, the Minister (the Environment Minister) must:
Inviting comments from appropriate State or Territory Minister
(2) As soon as practicable after receiving, from the person proposing to take an action or from a Commonwealth agency, a referral of a proposal to take an action in a State or self-governing Territory, the Environment Minister must:
(a) inform the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory; and
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Division 1 Referral of proposals to take action
Section 74A
(b) invite that Minister to give the Environment Minister comments within 10 business days on whether the proposed action is a controlled action;
if the Environment Minister thinks the action may have an impact on a matter protected by a provision of Division 1 of Part 3 (about matters of national environmental significance).
Note: Subsection (2) also applies in relation to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Inviting public comment
(3) As soon as practicable after receiving a referral of a proposal to take an action, the Environment Minister must cause to be published on the Internet:
Section does not apply if proponent says action is controlled action
(4) This section does not apply in relation to a referral of a proposal to take an action by the person proposing to take the action if the person states in the referral that the person thinks the action is a controlled action.
74A Minister may request referral of a larger action
(a) must give written notice of the decision to the person who referred the proposal to the Minister; and
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7 Referral of proposals to take action Division 1
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Division 2 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval
Section 75
Division 2—Ministerial decision whether action needs approval
75 Does the proposed action need approval?
Is the action a controlled action?
(1) The Minister must decide:
(1AA) To avoid doubt, the Minister is not permitted to make a decision under subsection (1) in relation to an action that was the subject of a referral that was not accepted under subsection 74A(1).
Minister must consider public comment
(1A) In making a decision under subsection (1) about the action, the Minister must consider the comments (if any) received:
Considerations in decision
(2) If, when the Minister makes a decision under subsection (1), it is relevant for the Minister to consider the impacts of an action:
(i) has or will have; or
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval Division 2
(ii) is likely to have; on the matter protected by each provision of Part 3.
Designating a proponent of the action
(3) If the Minister decides that the action is a controlled action, the Minister must designate a person as proponent of the action.
Consent to designation
(4) The Minister may designate a person who does not propose to take the action only if:
Timing of decision and designation
(5) The Minister must make the decisions and designation:
Note: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
Time does not run while further information being sought
(6) If the Minister has requested more information under section 76 for the purposes of making a decision, a day is not to be counted as a business day for the purposes of subsection (5) if it is:
Running of time may be suspended by agreement
(7) The Minister and the person proposing to take the action may agree in writing that days within a period worked out in accordance with
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Division 2 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval
Section 76
the agreement are not to be counted as business days for the purposes of subsection (5). If the agreement is made, those days are not to be counted for the purposes of that subsection.
76 Minister may request more information for making decision
If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that the referral of a proposal to take an action does not include enough information for the Minister to decide:
for the action; the Minister may request the person proposing to take the action to provide specified information relevant to making the decision.
77 Notice and reasons for decision
Giving notice
(1) Within 10 business days after deciding whether an action that is the subject of a proposal referred to the Minister is a controlled action or not, the Minister must:
Note 1: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
Note 2: Subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval Division 2
Notice must identify any applicable controlling provisions
(2) If the decision is that the action is a controlled action, the notice must identify each of the controlling provisions.
Reasons for decision
(4) The Minister must give reasons for the decision to a person who:
Minister to provide reasons. The Minister must do so as soon as practicable, and in any case within 28 days of receiving the request.
77A Action to be taken in a particular manner
(1) If, in deciding whether the action is a controlled action or not, the Minister has made a decision (the component decision) that a particular provision of Part 3 is not a controlling provision for the action because the Minister believes it will be taken in a particular manner (whether or not in accordance with an accredited management plan for the purposes of a declaration under section 33 or a bilaterally accredited management plan for the purposes of a bilateral agreement), the notice, to be provided under section 77, must set out the component decision, identifying the provision and the manner.
Note: The Minister may decide that a provision of Part 3 is not a controlling provision for an action because he or she believes that the action will be taken in a manner that will ensure the action will not have (and is not likely to have) an adverse impact on the matter protected by the provision.
(2) A person must not take an action, that is the subject of a notice that includes a particular manner under subsection (1), in a way that is inconsistent with the manner specified in the notice.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—1,000 penalty units, or such lower amount as is prescribed by the regulations;
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Division 2 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval
Section 78
(b) for a body corporate—10,000 penalty units, or such lower amount as is prescribed by the regulations.
78 Reconsideration of decision
Limited power to vary or substitute decisions
(1) The Minister may revoke a decision (the first decision) made under subsection 75(1) about an action and substitute a new decision under that subsection for the first decision, but only if:
not foreseen at the time of the first decision and relates to the impacts that the action:
(i) the provision of the agreement or declaration no longer operates in relation to the action; or
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval Division 2
(ii) the management plan is no longer in force under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a self-governing Territory identified in or under the agreement or declaration; or
(d) the Minister is requested under section 79 to reconsider the decision.
Reversing decision that provision of Part 3 is not controlling provision
(2) A provision of Part 3 letting an action be taken if the Minister has decided that a particular provision (the prohibiting provision) of that Part is not a controlling provision for the action does not prevent the Minister from acting under subsection (1) to revoke a decision that the prohibiting provision is not a controlling provision for an action and substitute a decision that the prohibiting provision is a controlling provision for the action.
Decision not to be revoked after approval granted or refused or action taken
(3) The Minister must not revoke the first decision after:
General effect of change of decision
(4) When the first decision is revoked and a new decision is substituted for it:
Change of designation of proponent
(5) If the Minister believes a person (the first proponent) designated under section 75 as proponent of an action is no longer an
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Division 2 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval
Section 79
appropriate person to be the designated proponent of the action, the Minister may revoke the designation and designate another person (the later proponent) as proponent of the action.
Consent to designation
(6) The Minister may designate the other person as proponent of the action only if:
Effect of change of designated proponent
(7) If the Minister revokes the designation of the first proponent and designates the later proponent:
79 Reconsideration of decision on request by a State or Territory
(1) This section applies if:
Note 1: Division 1 of Part 3 deals with requirements for approvals for actions involving matters of national environmental significance.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval Division 2
Note 2: This section also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(2) Within 5 business days of being notified of the decision, a Minister of the State or Territory may request the Environment Minister to reconsider the Environment Minister’s decisions made under subsection 75(1).
Note: Subsection 75(1) provides for decisions about whether the action is a controlled action and what the controlling provisions for the action are.
(3) Within 20 business days after receiving a request to reconsider a decision, the Environment Minister must:
Note: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 1 Simplified outline of this Part
Section 80
Part 8—Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 1—Simplified outline of this Part 80 Simplified outline of this Part
The following is a simplified outline of this Part:
This Part provides for the assessment of impacts of controlled actions, to provide information for decisions whether or not to approve the taking of the actions. However, this Part does not apply to actions that a bilateral agreement or Ministerial declaration says are to be assessed in another way.
For actions that are to be assessed under this Part, the Minister must choose one of the following methods of assessment:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Application of this Part Division 2
Division 2—Application of this Part
81 Application
82 What are the relevant impacts of an action?
If the Minister has decided the action is a controlled action
(1) If the Minister has decided under Division 2 of Part 7 that an action is a controlled action, the relevant impacts of the action are the impacts that the action:
Minister has decided under that Division is a controlling provision for the action.
If the Minister has not decided whether the action is controlled
(2) If an action is a controlled action or would be apart from Division 1 or 2 of Part 4 (which provide that approval under Part 9 is not needed for an action covered by a bilateral agreement or declaration)—the relevant impacts of the action are impacts that the action:
controlling provision for the action or would be apart from whichever of those Divisions is relevant.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 2 Application of this Part
Section 83
Relationship between subsections (1) and (2)
(3) Subsection (1) has effect despite subsection (2).
83 This Part does not apply if action covered by bilateral agreement
(1) This Part does not apply in relation to an action if:
Note 1: Subsection (1) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Note 2: Section 47 deals with bilateral agreements making declarations described in paragraph (1)(b).
Note 2A: An action will be in a class of actions declared not to need assessment under this Part only if the action has been assessed in a manner specified in the bilateral agreement.
Note 3: Division 3 of Part 5 explains how the operation of a bilateral agreement may be ended or suspended. Also, under section 49, bilateral agreements do not operate in relation to actions in Commonwealth areas, or actions taken by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency, unless they expressly provide that they do.
(2) If the action is to be taken in 2 or more States or self-governing Territories, this section does not operate unless it operates in relation to each of those States or Territories.
84 This Part does not apply if action covered by declaration
When this Part does not apply
(1) This Part does not apply in relation to an action if:
(a) the Minister has declared in writing that actions in a class that includes the action need not be assessed under this Part; and
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Application of this Part Division 2
(b) the declaration is in operation.
Note: An action will be in a class of actions declared not to need assessment under this Part only if the action has been assessed in a manner specified in the declaration.
Declaration
(2) The Minister may declare in writing that actions in a specified class of actions assessed by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency in a specified manner do not require assessment under this Part.
Prerequisites for making a declaration
(3) The Minister may make a declaration only if he or she is satisfied that:
Further requirements for making a declaration
(3A) Sections 34A, 34B, 34C, 34D and 34E apply in relation to the making of a declaration under this section in the same way that they apply to the making of a declaration under section 33.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 2 Application of this Part
Section 84
Specified manner of assessment
(4) The manner of assessment that may be specified in a declaration includes assessment by a Commonwealth agency under a law of the Commonwealth. This does not limit subsection (2).
Publishing declaration
(5) The Minister must publish a declaration in accordance with the regulations.
Revoking declaration
(6) The Minister may, by instrument in writing published in accordance with the regulations, revoke a declaration.
Minister must not give preference
(7) In making or revoking a declaration relating to an action taken:
section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State over another State or part of a State.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Decision on assessment approach Division 3
Division 3—Decision on assessment approach Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 85 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister must choose one of the following ways of assessing the relevant impacts of an action the Minister has decided is a controlled action:
Subdivision B—Deciding on approach for assessment
86 Designated proponent must provide preliminary information for assessment
The designated proponent of an action, or a person proposing to take an action, must give the Minister in the prescribed way the prescribed information relating to the action.
Note: The Minister must not decide on an approach for assessment until he or she receives information under this section. See subsection 88(1).
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 3 Decision on assessment approach
Section 87
87 Minister must decide on approach for assessment
Minister must choose one assessment approach
(1) The Minister must decide which one of the following approaches must be used for assessment of the relevant impacts of the action:
Minister must consult before making decision
(2) If:
Part 3 (about matters of national environmental significance); the Minister must invite the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory to provide information relevant to deciding which approach is appropriate, before deciding on the approach to be used for assessment of the relevant impacts of the action.
Note: Subsection (2) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Considerations in making choice
(3) In making the decision, the Minister must consider:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Decision on assessment approach Division 3
Accredited assessment process
(4) The Minister may decide on an assessment by an accredited assessment process only if the Minister is satisfied that:
Assessment on preliminary documentation
(5) The Minister may decide on an assessment on preliminary documentation under Division 4 only if the Minister is satisfied (after considering the matters in subsection (3)) that that approach will allow the Minister to make an informed decision whether or not to approve under Part 9 (for the purposes of each controlling provision) the taking of the action.
Guidelines for choosing assessment approach
(6) The Minister may publish in the Gazette guidelines setting out criteria for deciding which approach must be used for assessing the relevant impacts of an action.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 3 Decision on assessment approach
Section 88
88 Timing of decision on assessment approach
Initial decision
(1) The Minister must decide on the approach to be used for assessment of the relevant impacts of the action within 20 business days after whichever of the following days is later (or either of them if they are the same):
action as required by section 86. Note: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
Extended time if difference of opinion with State or Territory
(2) However, subsection (1) has effect as if it referred to 30 business days (instead of 20 business days) if the Minister believes that information provided in response to an invitation under subsection 87(2) cannot be considered adequately to make the decision in the time allowed by subsection (1) apart from this subsection.
Subsection (2) does not require decision to be delayed
(3) To avoid doubt, subsection (2) does not require the Minister to delay making a decision:
Time does not run while further information sought
(4) If the Minister has requested more information under section 89 for the purposes of deciding on the approach to be used for assessment of the relevant impacts of the action, a day is not to be counted as a business day for the purposes of subsection (1) if it is:
(a) on or after the day the Minister requested the information; and
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Decision on assessment approach Division 3
(b) on or before the day on which the Minister receives the last of the information requested.
Running of time may be suspended by agreement
(5) The Minister and the designated proponent of the action may agree in writing that days within a period worked out in accordance with the agreement are not to be counted as business days for the purposes of subsection (1). If the agreement is made, those days are not to be counted for the purposes of that subsection.
89 Minister may request more information for making decision
If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that the information given to the Minister in relation to an action is not enough to allow the Minister to make an informed decision on the approach to be used for assessment of the relevant impacts of the action, the Minister may request the designated proponent to provide specified information relevant to making the decision.
90 Directing an inquiry after starting an assessment
Application
(1) This section applies if:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 3 Decision on assessment approach
Section 91
Revoking and substituting decision
(2) The Minister may revoke the first decision and make another decision (the new decision) under section 87 (in substitution for the first decision) that the relevant impacts of the action must be assessed by an inquiry under Division 7.
Effect of revocation and substitution
(3) When the first decision is revoked and the new decision is substituted for it:
91 Notice of decision on assessment approach
(1) Within 10 business days after making a decision on the approach to be used for assessment of the relevant impacts of an action, the Minister must:
Note 1: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
Note 2: Subparagraph (1)(a)(ii) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(2) If the Minister decided that the relevant impacts of the action are to be assessed by an accredited assessment process, the written notice and the published notice must specify the process.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Assessment on preliminary documentation Division 4
Division 4—Assessment on preliminary documentation
92 Application
This Division applies in relation to an action if the Minister has decided under section 87 that the relevant impacts of the action must be assessed by assessment on preliminary documentation under this Division.
93 Public comment on information included in referral
94 Revised documentation
(1) After the period for comment, the designated proponent must give the Minister:
(a) a document that sets out the information provided to the Minister previously in relation to the action, with any
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 4 Assessment on preliminary documentation
Section 95
changes or additions needed to take account of any comments received by the designated proponent; or
(b) if the designated proponent did not receive any comments—a written statement to that effect.
(2) The Minister may refuse to accept a document referred to in paragraph (1)(a) if he or she believes on reasonable grounds that it is inadequate for the purposes of making an informed decision on approving under Part 9 (for the purposes of each controlling provision) the taking of the action.
95 Assessment report
Preparation
(1) The Secretary must prepare, and give to the Minister, a report relating to the action within 20 business days after:
Publication
(2) The Secretary must provide to a person who asks for the report a copy of it (either free or at a reasonable charge determined by the Secretary).
Discretion not to publish
(3) However, the Secretary may refuse to provide a copy of so much of the report as:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Assessment on preliminary documentation Division 4
Commercial-in-confidence
(4) The Secretary must not be satisfied that a part of the report is commercial-in-confidence unless a person demonstrates to the Secretary that:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 5 Public environment reports
Section 96
Division 5—Public environment reports
96 Application
This Division applies in relation to an action if the Minister has decided under section 87 that the relevant impacts of the action must be assessed by a public environment report under this Division.
97 Minister must prepare guidelines for draft public environment report
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Public environment reports Division 5
report includes information about those other impacts to help the State or Territory, or an agency of the State or Territory, make decisions about the action; and
(c) the action:
Note: Paragraph (3)(a) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
98 Designated proponent must invite comment on draft public environment report
Designated proponent’s obligations
(1) The designated proponent of the action must:
(i) the draft report; and
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 5 Public environment reports
Section 99
(ii) an invitation for anyone to give the designated proponent comments relating to the draft report or the action within the period specified in the invitation; and
(d) give the Minister a copy and summary of the comments (if any) received within the period specified in the invitation.
Approval of publication of draft report
(2) The Minister may only approve the publication of the draft report if he or she is satisfied that the draft report adequately addresses the guidelines for the content of the draft report.
Period for comment
(3) The period specified in the invitation to comment must be the period specified in writing given by the Minister to the designated proponent. The Minister must not specify a period of less than 20 business days.
99 Finalising public environment report
Designated proponent must finalise report
(1) After the end of the period specified in the invitation to comment under section 98, the designated proponent must finalise the draft report, taking account of the comments received (if any), and give the finalised report to the Minister.
Form of finalised report
(2) The designated proponent may give the finalised report to the Minister in the form of:
Refusal to accept finalised report
(3) The Minister may refuse to accept the finalised report if he or she is satisfied on reasonable grounds that the finalised report is inadequate for the purposes of making an informed decision on
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Public environment reports Division 5
approving under Part 9 (for the purposes of each controlling provision) the taking of the action.
Publication of finalised report
(4) After the Minister has accepted the finalised report, the designated proponent must publish it in accordance with the regulations.
100 Assessment report
Preparation
(1) The Secretary must prepare, and give to the Minister, a report relating to the action within 20 business days after the day on which the Minister accepted the finalised report from the designated proponent.
Publication
(2) The Secretary must provide to a person who asks for the report a copy of it (either free or at a reasonable charge determined by the Secretary).
Discretion not to publish
(3) However, the Secretary may refuse to provide a copy of so much of the report as:
Commercial-in-confidence
(4) The Secretary must not be satisfied that a part of the report is commercial-in-confidence unless a person demonstrates to the Secretary that:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 5 Public environment reports
Section 100
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Environmental impact statements Division 6
Division 6—Environmental impact statements
101 Application
This Division applies in relation to an action if the Minister has decided under section 87 that the relevant impacts of the action must be assessed by an environmental impact statement under this Division.
102 Minister must prepare guidelines for draft environmental impact statement
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 6 Environmental impact statements
Section 103
statement includes information about those other impacts to help the State or Territory, or an agency of the State or Territory, make decisions about the action; and
(c) the action:
Note: Paragraph (3)(a) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
103 Designated proponent must invite comment on draft environmental impact statement
Designated proponent’s obligations
(1) The designated proponent of the action must:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Environmental impact statements Division 6
(d) give the Minister a copy and summary of the comments (if any) received within the period specified in the invitation.
Approval of publication of draft statement
(2) The Minister may only approve the publication of the draft statement if he or she is satisfied that the draft statement adequately addresses the guidelines for the content of the draft statement.
Period for comment
(3) The period specified in the invitation to comment must be the period specified in writing given by the Minister to the designated proponent. The Minister must not specify a period of less than 20 business days.
104 Finalising draft environmental impact statement
Designated proponent must finalise statement
(1) After the period specified in the invitation to comment under section 103, the designated proponent must:
Form of finalised statement
(2) The designated proponent may give the finalised statement to the Minister in the form of:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 6 Environmental impact statements
Section 105
Refusal to accept finalised statement
(3) The Minister may refuse to accept the finalised statement if he or she is satisfied on reasonable grounds that it is inadequate for the purposes of making an informed decision on approving under Part 9 (for the purposes of each controlling provision) the taking of the action.
Publication of finalised statement
(4) After the Minister has accepted the finalised statement, the designated proponent must publish it in accordance with the regulations.
105 Assessment report
Preparation
(1) The Secretary must prepare, and give to the Minister, a report relating to the action within 30 business days after the day on which the Minister accepted from the designated proponent the finalised statement.
Publication
(2) The Secretary must provide to a person who asks for the report a copy of it (either free or at a reasonable charge determined by the Secretary).
Discretion not to publish
(3) However, the Secretary may refuse to provide a copy of so much of the report as:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Environmental impact statements Division 6
Commercial-in-confidence
(4) The Secretary must not be satisfied that a part of the report is commercial-in-confidence unless a person demonstrates to the Secretary that:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 7 Inquiries
Section 106
Division 7—Inquiries Subdivision A—Preliminary 106 Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
This Division provides for the Minister to appoint commissions to carry out inquiries in a flexible way into the impacts of actions.
Commissioners have powers to call witnesses, obtain documents and inspect places for the purposes of their inquiries.
Commissioners must report to the Minister and publish their reports.
Subdivision B—Establishment of inquiries
107 Appointing commissioners and setting terms of reference
(1) If the Minister decides that the relevant impacts of an action must be assessed by inquiry under this Division, the Minister must:
the Minister. | |
---|---|
Note 1: | The Minister may revoke an appointment and amend terms of reference. See subsection 33(3) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901. |
Note 2: | Subdivision E contains more provisions about the basis on which a commissioner holds office. |
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Inquiries Division 7
Note: Paragraph (4)(a) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(5) The Minister may also specify in the terms of reference the manner in which the commission is to carry out the inquiry.
108 Publicising inquiry
(1) As soon as practicable, the commission must publish in accordance with the regulations and in any other way it thinks fit:
(a) the terms of reference; and
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 7 Inquiries
Section 109
(b) the information relating to the action given to the Minister under this Chapter before the Minister made the decision under Division 3 to use an inquiry to assess the relevant impacts of the action.
(2) The commission need not publish the information described in paragraph (1)(b) if, before the Minister appointed the commission, the designated proponent of the action published:
environmental impact statements). However, in this case the commission must publish as described in subsection (1) notice of the fact that the draft report or draft statement has already been published.
Subdivision C—Conduct of inquiries
109 Procedure of inquiries
110 Inquiry to be public
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Inquiries Division 7
(3) If the commission believes that it is desirable in the public interest, the commission may:
111 Calling witnesses
Summoning witnesses
(1) A commissioner may, by writing signed by the commissioner, summon a person to appear before the commission at a time and place specified in the summons to give evidence and produce any documents mentioned in the summons.
Failure of witness to attend
Note: | A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the excuse or release from further attendance mentioned in paragraph (2)(b). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code. |
Offence |
Allowances for witnesses
(4) A person summoned by a commission to appear as a witness at an inquiry is entitled to be paid by the Commonwealth such
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 7 Inquiries
Section 112
allowances for travelling and other expenses as are prescribed by the regulations.
112 Dealing with witnesses
Power to administer oath or affirmation
(1) A commissioner may administer an oath or affirmation to a person appearing as a witness before the commission.
Note: This means that proceedings before the commission are judicial proceedings for the purposes of Part III of the Crimes Act 1914, which creates various offences relating to judicial proceedings.
Refusal to be sworn or to answer questions
(2) A person appearing as a witness at an inquiry by a commission must not:
Offence
(3) A person who contravenes subsection (2) is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6 months, a fine of not more than 30 penalty units, or both.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
No privilege against self-incrimination
(4) An individual is not excused from answering a question or producing a document on the ground that answering the question or producing the document would tend to incriminate the individual or to expose the individual to a penalty.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Inquiries Division 7
Answers and documents cannot be used in criminal proceedings
(5) However, none of the following is admissible in evidence in criminal proceedings against the individual (except proceedings under section 491):
Sworn witnesses may also give written evidence on oath
(6) A commission may permit a person who is appearing as a witness before the commission and has been sworn or has made an affirmation to give evidence by tendering a written statement and verifying it by oath or affirmation.
113 Dealing with documents given to commission
Inspecting and copying documents produced or given at inquiry
(1) A commissioner, or a person assisting a commission and authorised by a commissioner to do so, may:
Keeping documents produced or given at inquiry
(2) A commission may keep for a reasonable period a document produced or given to the commission.
114 Inspections of land, buildings and places
(1) If a commissioner, or a person authorised by a commissioner, enters any land, building or place by consent as described in section 115 or under a warrant issued under section 116, the commissioner or person may:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 7 Inquiries
Section 115
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as, imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
115 Entering premises by consent
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Inquiries Division 7
(4) An entry by a commissioner or authorised person with the occupant’s consent is not lawful if the occupant’s consent was not voluntary.
116 Entering premises under warrant
(1) A commissioner may apply to a magistrate for a warrant authorising the commissioner or a person authorised by the commissioner to enter any land, building or place if the commissioner has reason to believe that it is necessary or desirable for the purposes of an inquiry for the commissioner or person to enter the land, building or place for the purposes of the inquiry.
Note: Section 117 allows applications for warrants to be made by telephone.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 7 Inquiries
Section 117
117 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means
Application
(1) A commissioner may apply to a magistrate for a warrant by telephone, telex, facsimile or other electronic means:
Voice communication
(2) The magistrate may require communication by voice to the extent that is practicable in the circumstances.
Information
(3) An application under this section must include all information required to be provided in an ordinary application for a warrant, but the application may, if necessary, be made before the information is sworn or affirmed.
Issue of warrant
(4) The magistrate may complete and sign the same form of warrant that would be issued under section 116 if, after considering the information and having received and considered any further information he or she required, the magistrate is satisfied that:
Notification
(5) If the magistrate decides to issue the warrant, the magistrate must inform the applicant, by telephone, telex, facsimile or other electronic means, of the terms of the warrant and the day on which and the time at which it was signed.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Inquiries Division 7
Form of warrant
(6) The applicant must then complete a form of warrant in terms substantially corresponding to those given by the magistrate, stating on the form the name of the magistrate and the day on which and the time at which the warrant was signed.
Completed form of warrant to be given to magistrate
(7) The applicant must, not later than the day after the day of expiry of the warrant or the day after the day on which the warrant was executed, whichever is the earlier, give or transmit to the magistrate:
Attachment
(8) The magistrate must attach to the documents provided under subsection (7) the form of warrant completed by the magistrate.
Presumption
(9) If:
in evidence; the court is to assume, unless the contrary is proved, that the exercise of the power was not duly authorised.
118 Identity cards
(1) The Minister may cause to be issued to a commissioner or a person authorised by a commissioner an identity card:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 7 Inquiries
Section 119
Penalty: 1 penalty unit.
119 Contempt
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
120 Protection of commissioners and witnesses
Protection of commissioners
(1) In performing his or her duties as a commissioner, a commissioner has the same protection and immunity as a Justice of the High Court.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Inquiries Division 7
Rights and obligations of witnesses
(2) A person appearing before a commission as a witness at an inquiry:
Interfering with witness is an offence
(3) A person must not:
appear as a witness at an inquiry or because of any submission or evidence the witness gave to a commission.
Interference with a witness’ employment
(4) An employer must not dismiss an employee, or prejudice an employee in his or her employment, because the employee appeared as a witness or gave any submission or evidence at an inquiry by a commission.
Interference with employee who proposes to give evidence
(5) An employer must not dismiss or threaten to dismiss an employee or prejudice, or threaten to prejudice, an employee in his or her employment, because the employee proposes to appear as a witness or to give a submission or evidence at an inquiry by a commission.
Offences
(6) A person who contravenes subsection (3), (4) or (5) is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6 months, a fine of not more than 30 penalty units, or both.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 7 Inquiries
Section 121
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Burden of proof in proceedings relating to witness
(7) In proceedings arising out of subsection (4), the employer has the burden of proving that the employee was not dismissed or prejudiced because the employee appeared as a witness or gave a submission or evidence at an inquiry by a commission, if it is established that:
Burden of proof in proceedings relating to employee proposing to give evidence
Relationship of subsections (3), (4) and (5)
Subdivision D—Inquiry reports
121 Timing of report
The commission must report to the Minister on the inquiry within the period specified by the Minister in the terms of reference.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Inquiries Division 7
122 Publication of report
Subdivision E—Commissioners’ terms and conditions
123 Basis of appointment
124 Remuneration
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Division 7 Inquiries
Section 125
125 Leave of absence
126 Resignation
A commissioner may resign his or her appointment by giving the Minister a written resignation.
127 Termination of appointment
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8 Inquiries Division 7
and the Minister considers that the commissioner should not continue to participate in the conduct of the inquiry.
128 Disclosure of interests
129 Other terms and conditions
A commissioner holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) in relation to matters not covered by this Act that are determined by the Minister.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 130
Part 9—Approval of actions
Division 1—Decisions on approval and conditions
Subdivision A—General
130 Timing of decision on approval
Basic rule
(1) Within whichever of the following periods is relevant, the Minister must decide for the purposes of each controlling provision whether or not to approve the taking of a controlled action:
Start of period—basic rule
(1A) The relevant period starts on the first business day after the day the Minister receives the assessment report or the report of the commission (as appropriate).
Start of period—certain actions in States and Territories
(1B) However, if the action is to be taken in a State or self-governing Territory and is covered by subsection (1C), the relevant period starts on the later of the following days:
(i) stating that the certain and likely impacts of the action on things other than matters protected by the controlling
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
provisions for the action have been assessed to the greatest extent practicable; and
(ii) explaining how they have been assessed.
Note 1: This means that the Minister cannot grant an approval until he or she has received notice from a State or Territory as described in paragraph (1B)(b).
Note 2: Subsection (1B) also applies in relation to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Actions to which subsection (1B) applies
(1C) Subsection (1B) applies to an action only if it:
Start of period—actions in 2 or more jurisdictions
(1D) If the action is to be taken in more than one State or self-governing Territory, the relevant period does not start until after the last day on which the Minister receives from one of those States or Territories a notice described in paragraph (1B)(b).
Exception for certain actions
(1E) Subsection (1B) does not apply if:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 130
What is an assessment report?
(2) An assessment report is a report given to the Minister as described in:
Time may be extended only to consider other Ministers’ comments
(3) The Minister may specify a longer period for the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b) only if:
Notice of extension of time
(4) If the Minister specifies a longer period for the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), he or she must:
Time does not run while further information is sought
(5) If, under section 132, the Minister has requested more information for the purposes of making a decision whether or not to approve
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
the taking of an action, a day is not to be counted as a business day for the purposes of subsection (1) if it is:
131 Inviting comments from other Ministers before decision
with the principles of ecologically sustainable development. This does not limit the comments such a Minister may give.
132 Requesting further information for approval decision
If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that he or she does not have enough information to make an informed decision whether or not to approve for the purposes of a controlling provision the taking of an action, the Minister may request any of the following to provide specified information relevant to making the decision:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 133
133 Grant of approval
Approval
(1) After receiving an assessment report relating to a controlled action, or the report of a commission that has conducted an inquiry relating to a controlled action, the Minister may approve for the purposes of a controlling provision the taking of the action by a person.
Content of approval
(2) An approval must:
Notice of approval
(3) The Minister must:
Limit on publication of approval
(4) However, the Minister must not provide under subsection (3) a copy of so much of the approval as:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
The Minister may consider the defence or security of the Commonwealth when determining what is in the national interest. This does not limit the matters the Minister may consider.
Circumstances in which approval must not be granted
(5) The Minister must not approve for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 the taking in a State or self-governing Territory of an action that is covered by subsection (6) before the Minister receives from the State or Territory a notice described in paragraph 130(1B)(b). This does not apply if:
Note: Subsection (5) also applies in relation to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Actions to which subsection (5) applies
(6) Subsection (5) applies to an action only if it:
Notice of refusal of approval
(7) If the Minister refuses to approve for the purposes of a controlling provision the taking of an action by the person who proposed to take the action, the Minister must give the person notice of the refusal.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 134
Note: Under section 13 of the Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977, the person may request reasons for the refusal, and the Minister must give them.
134 Attaching conditions to approval
Generally
(1) The Minister may attach a condition to the approval of the action if he or she is satisfied that the condition is necessary or convenient for:
Conditions to protect matters from the approved action
(2) The Minister may attach a condition to the approval of the action if he or she is satisfied that the condition is necessary or convenient for:
This subsection does not limit subsection (1).
Other conditions that may be attached to approval
(3) The conditions that may be attached to an approval include:
(a) conditions relating to any security to be given by the person by bond, guarantee or cash deposit:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
(iii) to meet any liability of the person whose taking of the action is approved to the Commonwealth for measures taken by the Commonwealth under section 499 (which lets the Commonwealth repair and mitigate damage caused by a contravention of this Act) in relation to the action; and
standard or code of practice. This subsection does not limit the kinds of conditions that may be attached to an approval.
Considerations in deciding on condition
(4) In deciding whether to attach a condition to an approval, the Minister must consider:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 135
(a) any relevant conditions that have been imposed under a law of a State or self-governing Territory or another law of the Commonwealth on the taking of the action; and
(aa) information provided by the person proposing to take the action or by the designated proponent of the action; and
(b) the desirability of ensuring as far as practicable that the condition is a cost-effective means for the Commonwealth and the person taking the action to achieve the object of the condition.
Validity of decision
(5) A failure to consider information as required by paragraph (4)(aa) does not invalidate a decision about attaching a condition to the approval.
135 Certain approvals and conditions must not give preference
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Subdivision B—Considerations for approvals and conditions
136 General considerations
Mandatory considerations
(1) In deciding whether or not to approve the taking of an action, and what conditions to attach to an approval, the Minister must consider the following, so far as they are not inconsistent with any other requirement of this Subdivision:
Factors to be taken into account
(2) In considering those matters, the Minister must take into account:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 137
Person’s environmental history
(4) In deciding whether or not to approve the taking of an action by a person, and what conditions to attach to an approval, the Minister may consider whether the person is a suitable person to be granted an approval, having regard to the person’s history in relation to environmental matters.
Minister not to consider other matters
(5) In deciding whether or not to approve the taking of an action, and what conditions to attach to an approval, the Minister must not consider any matters that the Minister is not required or permitted by this Subdivision to consider.
137 Requirements for decisions about World Heritage
In deciding whether or not to approve, for the purposes of section 12 or 15A, the taking of an action and what conditions to attach to such an approval, the Minister must not act inconsistently with:
138 Requirements for decisions about Ramsar wetlands
In deciding whether or not to approve for the purposes of section 16 or 17B the taking of an action, and what conditions to attach to such an approval, the Minister must not act inconsistently with Australia’s obligations under the Ramsar Convention.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
139 Requirements for decisions about threatened species and endangered communities
In deciding whether or not to approve for the purposes of a subsection of section 18 or section 18A the taking of an action, and what conditions to attach to such an approval, the Minister must not act inconsistently with:
140 Requirements for decisions about migratory species
In deciding whether or not to approve for the purposes of section 20 or 20A the taking of an action relating to a listed migratory species, and what conditions to attach to such an approval, the Minister must not act inconsistently with Australia’s obligations under whichever of the following conventions and agreements because of which the species is listed:
140A No approval for certain nuclear installations
The Minister must not approve an action consisting of or involving the construction or operation of any of the following nuclear installations:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 2 Requirement to comply with conditions
Section 142
Division 2—Requirement to comply with conditions
142 Compliance with conditions on approval
(1) A person whose taking of an action has been approved under this Part must not contravene any condition attached to the approval.
Civil penalty:
(2) A contravention of a condition attached to an approval under this Part does not invalidate the approval.
142A Offence of breaching conditions on approval
(1) A person whose taking of an action has been approved under this Part is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) A person whose taking of an action has been approved under this Part is guilty of an offence if:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Requirement to comply with conditions Division 2
(c) the action or omission is likely to have a significant impact on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3 and the person is reckless as to that fact.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(4) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 2 years, a fine not more than 120 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence against this section may also be guilty of an offence against section 495.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 3 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals
Section 143
Division 3—Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals
143 Variation of conditions attached to approval
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals Division 3
Note: If the person is not satisfied with changed conditions attached to the approval of the person’s action, he or she can ask the Minister to reverse the change by making another change to the conditions under this section.
(6) However, the Minister must not publish so much of the instrument as:
publish. The Minister may consider the defence or security of the Commonwealth when determining what is in the national interest. This does not limit the matters the Minister may consider.
144 Suspension of approval
(1) The Minister may, by written instrument, suspend the effect of an approval under this Part for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3 for a specified period (which must not start before the day on which the instrument is made) if the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 3 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals
Section 145
145 Revocation of approval
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals Division 3
(2A) The Minister may, by written instrument, revoke an approval under this Part of an action for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3 if he or she believes that:
145A Reinstating suspended or revoked approval
Application
(1) This section applies if the Minister has, by written instrument:
Requesting reinstatement of approval
(2) Within 2 months after receiving a copy of the instrument under this Division, the person may request the Minister to reinstate the approval.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 3 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals
Section 145A
Deciding whether to reinstate approval
(3) Within 20 business days of receiving the request, the Minister must decide whether or not to reinstate the approval.
Considerations for decision
(4) Subdivision B of Division 1 applies to the decision whether or not to reinstate the approval in the same way as it applies to a decision whether or not to approve the taking of an action.
Extra time for decision
(5) A day is not to be counted for the purposes of subsection (3) if:
Requesting information for decision
(6) If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that he or she does not have enough information to make an informed decision whether or not to reinstate the approval, the Minister may request the person to provide specified information relevant to making the decision.
Reversal of decision to suspend or revoke approval
(7) If the Minister decides to reinstate the approval, it and any conditions attached to it immediately before the suspension or revocation have effect on and after the day of the decision (subject to any future suspension or revocation under this Division).
Notice of decision about reversal
(8) The Minister must:
(a) give the person written notice of the Minister’s decision; and
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals Division 3
(b) publish notice of the decision in accordance with the regulations.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 9 Approval of actions Division 4 Transfer of approvals
Section 145B
Division 4—Transfer of approvals
145B Transfer with Minister’s consent
Transfer by written agreement
(1) A person (the transferor) whose taking of an action has been approved under this Part for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 may transfer the approval to another person (the transferee) by written agreement, subject to the Minister’s consent.
Transfer ineffective until Minister consents
(2) The transfer does not have effect for the purposes of this Act until the Minister consents in writing to the transfer. To avoid doubt, the Minister’s consent to a transfer cannot take effect before the Minister gives the consent.
Effect of consent
(3) If the Minister consents to the transfer:
Considerations in deciding whether to consent
(4) In deciding whether or not to consent to the transfer, the Minister may consider:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Approval of actions Part 9 Transfer of approvals Division 4
Giving copies of consents to transferor and transferee
(5) The Minister must give the transferor and the transferee a copy of the consent each.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 10 Strategic assessments Division 1 Strategic assessments generally
Section 146
Part 10—Strategic assessments
Division 1—Strategic assessments generally
146 Minister may agree on strategic assessment
(1) The Minister may agree in writing with a person responsible for the adoption or implementation of a policy, plan or program that an assessment be made of the impacts of actions under the policy, plan or program on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3.
(1A) The agreement may also provide for the assessment of other certain and likely impacts of actions under the policy, plan or program if:
Note: Paragraph (1A)(a) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(2) The agreement must provide for:
(aa) the preparation of draft terms of reference for a report on the impacts to which the agreement relates; and
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Strategic assessments Part 10 Strategic assessments generally Division 1
(ab) the publication of the draft terms of reference for public comment for a period of at least 28 days that is specified by the Minister; and
(ac) the finalisation of the terms of reference, to the Minister’s satisfaction, taking into account the comments (if any) received on the draft terms of reference; and
Note 1: If the impacts of actions under a policy, plan or program are assessed under an agreement under this Part, the Minister may decide on a less onerous approach for an assessment relating to an individual action under the policy, plan or program. See section 87.
Note 2: If the Minister endorses a policy, plan or program embodied in a management plan in force under a law, he or she may declare under section 33, or make a bilateral agreement declaring, that actions approved in accordance with the management plan do not need approval for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 10 Strategic assessments Division 1 Strategic assessments generally
Section 146
(3) If the agreement relates to actions to be taken in a State or self-governing Territory, the Minister must tell the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Strategic assessments Part 10 Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries Division 2
Division 2—Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries
147 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Australian Fisheries Management Authority must make agreements under Division 1 for the assessment of actions in fisheries managed under the Fisheries Management Act 1991. An agreement must be made whenever it is proposed to make a management plan or a determination not to have a plan. An agreement must be made within 5 years of the commencement of this Act for all fisheries that did not have plans at that commencement.
The Minister administering the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984 must make agreements under Division 1 for the assessment of actions permitted by policies or plans for managing fishing in Torres Strait. All policies or plans must be covered by an agreement within 5 years after the commencement of this Act.
A further agreement for assessment must be made if the impact of the actions is significantly greater than assessed under an earlier agreement.
If the Minister endorses a policy or plan assessed under an agreement under Division 1, the Minister must make a declaration that actions under the policy or plan do not need approval under Part 9 for the purposes of section 23 or 24A (which protect the marine environment).
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 10 Strategic assessments Division 2 Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries
Section 148
148 Assessment before management plan is determined
Plans under the Fisheries Management Act 1991
(1) Before the Australian Fisheries Management Authority determines a plan of management for a fishery under section 17 of the Fisheries Management Act 1991, the Authority must:
Plans under the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
(2) Before the Minister administering the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984 determines a plan of management for a fishery under section 15A of that Act, he or she must:
149 Assessment before determination that no plan required
Before the Australian Fisheries Management Authority determines under subsection 17(1A) of the Fisheries Management Act 1991 that a plan of management is not warranted for a fishery, the Authority must:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Strategic assessments Part 10 Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries Division 2
150 Assessment of all fisheries without plans must be started within 5 years
Fisheries managed under the Fisheries Management Act 1991
(1) This section applies to fisheries (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act 1991):
Two-thirds of fisheries to be covered by agreements in 3 years
(2) Before the day that is the third anniversary of this Act commencing, the Australian Fisheries Management Authority must make agreements with the Minister under section 146 for assessment of the impacts of actions on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3, being actions that are permitted under the Authority’s policies for managing at least 2/3 of the fisheries.
All fisheries to be covered by agreements in 5 years
(3) Before the day that is the fifth anniversary of this Act commencing, the Australian Fisheries Management Authority must make agreements with the Minister under section 146 for assessment of the impacts of actions on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3, being actions that are permitted under the Authority’s policies for managing the fisheries.
Agreement not needed if fishery already subject to agreement
(4) However, subsection (3) does not require another agreement to be made in relation to a fishery if an agreement relating to the fishery has been made, before the day mentioned in that subsection, by the Authority and the Minister under section 146 because of subsection 148(1) or section 149.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 10 Strategic assessments Division 2 Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries
Section 151
151 Assessment of all Torres Strait fisheries to be started within 5 years
Fisheries managed under the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
(1) This section applies to actions that:
Policies for all actions to be covered by agreements in 5 years
(2) Before the day that is the fifth anniversary of this Act commencing, the Minister administering the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984 must make agreements under section 146 with the Minister administering this section for assessment of the impacts of the actions on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3, being actions that are permitted by policies under that Act.
Agreement not needed if fishery already subject to agreement
(3) However, subsection (2) does not require another agreement to be made in relation to actions if an agreement covering them has been made under section 146, before the day mentioned in that subsection, by the Ministers mentioned in that subsection because of subsection 148(2).
152 Further assessment if impacts greater than previously assessed
Application
(1) This section applies if the Minister (the Environment Minister) and the Minister administering the Fisheries Management Act 1991 agree that the impacts that actions:
(a) included in a fishery managed under that Act; or
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Strategic assessments Part 10 Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries Division 2
(b) permitted under a policy or plan for managing fishing (as defined in the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984) in an area of Australian jurisdiction (as defined in that Act);
have, will have or are likely to have on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3 are significantly greater than the impacts identified in the most recent report provided to the Environment Minister under an agreement made under section 146 relating to the fishery, policy or plan.
Further assessment for management arrangements under the Fisheries Management Act 1991
(2) The Australian Fisheries Management Authority must make another agreement with the Minister under section 146 in relation to the Authority’s policy for managing the fishery, unless there is a plan of management in force for the fishery under the Fisheries Management Act 1991.
Further assessment for policy or plan for Torres Strait fishing
(3) The Minister administering the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984 must make another agreement under section 146 in relation to the policy or plan for managing fishing (as defined in the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984) in an area of Australian jurisdiction (as defined in that Act).
153 Minister must make declaration if he or she endorses plan or policy
(1) This section applies if the Minister makes an agreement under section 146 as required by this Division and endorses under the agreement:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 10 Strategic assessments Division 2 Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries
Section 154
(d) policies for managing fishing under the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984.
(2) The Minister must:
Note: The declaration and accreditation will allow actions that would otherwise be prohibited by sections 23 and 24A to be taken without approval if they are taken in accordance with the accredited management plan. See section 32.
154 This Division does not limit Division 1
This Division does not limit Division 1.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11 Rules about timing Division 1
Part 11—Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 1—Rules about timing
155 This Chapter ceases to apply to lapsed proposals
(1) If:
Minister believes is a reasonable period; the Minister may give the person a written notice inviting the person to satisfy the Minister within a specified reasonable period that assessment of the action should continue or that the Minister should make a decision about approving the action.
Note: Sections 28A and 29 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 explain how documents may be served and when they are taken to be served.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Division 1 Rules about timing
Section 156
156 General rules about time limits
Note: The Minister must make a statement to Parliament about some failures to comply with time limits. See section 518.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11 Actions in area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory Division 2
Division 2—Actions in area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory
157 Actions treated as though they were in a State or the Northern Territory
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Division 3 Exemptions
Section 158
Division 3—Exemptions
158 Exemptions from Part 3 and this Chapter
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Division 4—Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Subdivision A—Minister’s advice on authorising actions
159 Simplified outline of this Subdivision The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
A Commonwealth agency or employee must consider advice from the Minister before authorising one of the following actions with a significant impact on the environment:
The agency or employee must inform the Minister of the proposal to authorise the action.
The environmental impacts of the action must be assessed in accordance with a declaration made by the Minister accrediting a Commonwealth assessment process, or by one of the following methods chosen by the Minister:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 160
The Minister must give the agency or employee advice on protecting the environment from the action, within 30 days of receiving the report of the assessment.
160 Requirement to take account of Minister’s advice
Requirement
(1) Before a Commonwealth agency or employee of the Commonwealth gives an authorisation (however described) of an action described in subsection (2), the agency or employee must obtain and consider advice from the Minister in accordance with this Subdivision.
Note: The giving of an authorisation for an action may be constituted by the renewal of an authorisation of the action or the variation of an authorisation for a different action.
Relevant actions
(2) Subsection (1) applies in relation to:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
(2A) Regulations may prescribe an action for the purposes of paragraph (2)(d):
authorisation of the action is to be granted. This does not limit the ways in which regulations may prescribe an action.
This section does not apply to actions like those already assessed
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a particular authorisation (the later authorisation) if the agency or employee has complied with, or is complying with, this Subdivision in relation to another authorisation or proposed authorisation and is satisfied of one or both of the matters in subsection (4).
Which actions are like actions?
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), the agency or employee must be satisfied that:
(iii) do not significantly add to those corresponding impacts.
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 161
State law excluded in relation to aviation
(5) A law of a State or Territory does not apply in relation to the assessment of the certain or likely environmental impacts of an action described in paragraph (2)(b) if subsection (1) applies in relation to authorisation of the action, or would apply apart from subsection (3).
161 Seeking the Minister’s advice
Requirement for referral
(1) If a Commonwealth agency or employee of the Commonwealth proposing to give an authorisation (however described) of an action thinks the agency or employee is required by section 160 to obtain and consider the Minister’s advice before giving the authorisation, the agency or employee must:
Minister may request referral
(2) The Minister may request a Commonwealth agency or employee of the Commonwealth to:
action; if the Minister thinks the agency or employee is required by section 160 to obtain and consider the Minister’s advice before giving the authorisation.
Complying with Minister’s request
(3) The Commonwealth agency or employee must comply with the Minister’s request.
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Content of referral
(4) A referral must include the information prescribed by the regulations.
162 Assessment of the action
Part 8 (except sections 82, 83 and 84) and the other provisions of this Act (so far as they relate to that Part) apply in relation to the action proposed to be authorised as if:
163 Providing advice
(1) The Minister must give advice on the following matters to the Commonwealth agency or employee of the Commonwealth who referred the proposal to give an authorisation of the action:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 164
(c) any other matter relating to protection of the environment from the action.
(2) The Minister must give the advice within 30 days of receiving:
164 Reporting on response to advice
As soon as practicable after considering the Minister’s advice, the Commonwealth agency or employee of the Commonwealth must give the Minister a report stating:
Subdivision B—Assessment of applications for permits relating to whales, dolphins and porpoises
165 Assessment of applications for permits relating to whales, dolphins and porpoises
Overview
(1) This section provides for the assessment of an action for which a person is applying for a permit under Division 3 of Part 13 (about whales and other cetaceans).
Application of Part 8
(2) Part 8 (except sections 82, 83 and 84) and the other provisions of this Act (so far as they relate to that Part) apply in relation to the action proposed to be authorised by the permit as if:
(a) the application for the permit were a referral of a proposal to take the action; and
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Assessment report must be considered in decision on permit
(5) The Minister must consider the assessment report relating to the action when deciding whether to grant the permit for the action.
Subdivision C—Assessment under agreement with State or Territory
166 This Subdivision applies if Ministers agree it should
(1) This Subdivision applies if the Minister and a Minister of a State or self-governing Territory agree that it should apply in relation to an action that:
(iii) between a State and a Territory; or
(iv) between 2 Territories; or
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 167
(d) is to be taken in the State or Territory and is an action whose assessment under this Subdivision is an appropriate means of giving effect to Australia’s obligations under an agreement with one or more other countries.
167 Making an agreement
Power to make agreement
(1) The Minister may make a written agreement with a Minister of a State or self-governing Territory to apply this Subdivision in relation to an action to be taken in the State or Territory.
Prerequisites for making agreement
(2) The Minister may agree only if he or she is satisfied that the action is not a controlled action.
Minister must not make an agreement that gives preference
(3) The Minister must not enter into an agreement that has the effect of giving preference (within the meaning of section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State over another State or part of a State, in relation to the taking of the action:
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
168 Content of an agreement
Generally
(1) An agreement to apply this Subdivision in relation to an action must:
Agreement applying Division 4 of Part 8
(2) An agreement that specifies that Division 4 of Part 8 (about assessment on preliminary documentation) is to apply in relation to an action may deal with how the Minister will exercise his or her power under section 94 to refuse to accept a document.
Agreement applying Division 5 of Part 8
(3) An agreement that specifies that Division 5 of Part 8 (about public environment reports) is to apply in relation to an action may deal with how the Minister will exercise his or her power:
Agreement applying Division 6 of Part 8
(4) An agreement that specifies that Division 6 of Part 8 (about environmental impact statements) is to apply in relation to an action may deal with how the Minister will exercise his or her power:
(a) under section 102 to prepare guidelines for the content of a draft statement; or
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 169
Agreement applying Division 7 of Part 8
(5) An agreement that specifies that Division 7 of Part 8 (about inquiries) is to apply in relation to an action may deal with how the Minister will exercise his or her power under section 107:
Agreement applying Part 10
(6) An agreement that specifies that Division 1 of Part 10 is to apply may:
169 Application of a Division of Part 8
Provisions that apply
(1) If the agreement states that a particular Division of Part 8 is to apply in relation to the assessment of an action, the following provisions of this Act (the applied provisions) apply in relation to the action as set out in subsection (2):
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Modification of applied provisions
(2) The applied provisions apply in relation to the action as if:
Modification of section 93
(3) Also, if the agreement states that Division 4 of Part 8 is to apply in relation to the assessment of an action, that Division applies in relation to the action as if subparagraphs 93(1)(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) merely referred to specified information relating to the action.
Minister must give copy of report to State or Territory Minister
(4) The Minister must give a copy of the report he or she receives from the Secretary or commission of inquiry under the applied provisions in relation to the action to each Minister of a State or Territory who is party to the agreement.
170 Application of Division 1 of Part 10
If an agreement to apply this Subdivision states that Division 1 of Part 10 is to apply:
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 170
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11 Publication of information relating to assessments Division 5
Section 170A
Division 5—Publication of information relating to assessments
170A Publication of information relating to assessments
The Secretary must publish on the Internet every week notice of the following:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 12 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans Division 1 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity
Section 171
Chapter 5—Conservation of biodiversity
Part 12—Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans
Division 1—Identifying and monitoring biodiversity
171 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity
components of biodiversity includes species, habitats, ecological communities, genes, ecosystems and ecological processes.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans Part 12 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity Division 1
172 Inventories of listed threatened species etc. on Commonwealth land
173 Surveys of cetaceans, listed threatened species etc. in Commonwealth marine areas
(a) within 10 years after the commencement of this Act; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 12 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans Division 1 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity
Section 174
(b) within 10 years after the area became a Commonwealth
marine area; whichever is later.
(3) A Commonwealth agency that has an interest in a Commonwealth marine area is to provide all reasonable assistance in connection with the preparation under this section of a survey that is to cover the area.
174 Inventories and surveys to be updated
The Minister must take reasonable steps to ensure that the inventories and surveys prepared under this Division are maintained in an up-to-date form.
175 Obligations under this Act unaffected by lack of inventories or surveys
Obligations imposed by this Act are not affected, in their application in relation to Commonwealth land or Commonwealth marine areas, by any lack of inventories or surveys for such land or areas.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans Part 12 Bioregional plans Division 2
Division 2—Bioregional plans
176 Bioregional plans
177 Obligations under this Act unaffected by lack of bioregional plans
Obligations imposed by this Act are not affected, in their application in relation to Commonwealth areas, by a lack of bioregional plans for those areas.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 178
Part 13—Species and communities
Division 1—Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Subdivision A—Listing
178 Listing of threatened species
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
(4) If the Minister is satisfied that a species included in the list, as first established, in:
after the commencement of this Act, amend the list accordingly in accordance with this Subdivision.
179 Categories of threatened species
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 180
180 Native species of marine fish
181 Listing of threatened ecological communities
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
182 Critically endangered, endangered and vulnerable communities
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 183
183 Listing of key threatening processes
184 Minister may amend lists
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
(5) The Minister must cause a notice summarising the information contained in an instrument to be published in accordance with the regulations (if any).
185 Maintaining the lists in up-to-date condition
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 186
186 Amending list of threatened native species
(1) Subject to subsections (3), (4) and (5), the Minister must not:
species from a particular category; unless satisfied that the native species is eligible, or is no longer eligible, as the case requires, to be included in that category.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
(5) The Minister may include a native species in the vulnerable category if satisfied that:
187 Amending list of ecological communities
(1) The Minister must not:
ecological community from a particular category; unless satisfied that the ecological community is eligible, or is no longer eligible, as the case requires, to be included in that category.
(2) In deciding whether to include an ecological community in, or delete an ecological community from, a particular category (whether as a result of a transfer or otherwise), the Minister must not consider any matter that does not relate to the survival of the ecological community concerned.
188 Amending list of key threatening processes
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 189
(4) A threatening process is eligible to be treated as a key threatening process if:
189 Minister must consider advice from Scientific Committee
(1) Subject to section 192, in deciding whether to amend:
obtain and consider advice from the Scientific Committee on the proposed amendment.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
(5) The Minister must:
instrument to be published in the Gazette; within 90 days after receiving the Scientific Committee’s advice on the amendment.
(6) A member of the Scientific Committee has a duty not to disclose to any other person the advice, or any information relating to the advice, before the end of that period of 90 days unless the disclosure:
190 Scientific Committee may provide advice about species or communities becoming threatened
191 Nomination of threatened species etc.
(1) A person may, in accordance with the regulations (if any), nominate to the Minister:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 192
(c) a threatening process to be included in the list referred to in section 183.
192 Rediscovery of threatened species that were extinct
(1) If the Minister is satisfied that a native species that is listed in the extinct category has been definitely located in nature since it was last listed as extinct, the Minister may, under section 184, transfer the species from the extinct category to another category without considering advice from the Scientific Committee.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
(2) Subsection (1) does not prevent the Minister from making such an amendment after having considered advice from the Scientific Committee.
193 Species posing a serious threat to human health
194 Minister to make lists available to the public
The Minister must, in accordance with the regulations (if any), make copies of up-to-date lists available for purchase, for a reasonable price, at a prescribed place in each State and self-governing Territory.
Subdivision B—Permit system
195 Subdivision does not apply to cetaceans
This Subdivision does not apply to a member of a listed threatened species that is a cetacean.
196 Recklessly killing or injuring member of listed threatened species or community
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 196A
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
196A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed threatened species or community
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
196B Recklessly taking etc. member of listed threatened species or community
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
196C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed threatened species or community
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 196D
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
196D Trading etc. member of listed threatened species or community taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
196E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed threatened species or community taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
(a) the person trades, keeps or moves a member of a native species or a member of an ecological community; and
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
197 Certain actions are not offences
Sections 196, 196A, 196B, 196C, 196D, 196E and 207B do not apply to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 198
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
198 Operation of sections 18 and 18A not affected
To avoid doubt, sections 196, 196A, 196B, 196C, 196D, 196E and 197 do not affect the operation of section 18 or 18A.
199 Failing to notify taking of listed threatened species or listed ecological community
(1) This section applies to an action taken by a person if all of the following conditions are met:
(a) the person’s action either:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
listed threatened ecological community, that is in or on a Commonwealth area;
Note 1: Section 197 sets out most of the circumstances in which an action described in paragraph (1)(a) will not be an offence against section 196, 196A, 196B, 196C, 196D or 196E.
Note 2: A person is authorised by a permit to take an action if the person is the holder of the permit or the person is given an authority under section 204 by the holder of the permit to take the action.
Note 3: The conditions of a permit may require the holder of the permit to give certain notices.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 200
200 Application for permits
201 Minister may issue permits
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
concerned is incidental to, and not the purpose of, the taking of the action and:
(iii) the holder of the permit will take all reasonable steps to minimise the impact of the action on that species or ecological community; or
202 Conditions of permits
(a) vary or revoke a condition of a permit; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 203
(b) impose further conditions of a permit.
(3) Without limiting subsections (1) and (2), conditions of a permit may include conditions stating the period within which the action specified in the permit may be taken.
203 Contravening conditions of a permit
The holder of a permit is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 300 penalty units if:
204 Authorities under permits
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
(6) A person who gives an authority must give to the Minister written notice of it within 14 days after giving the authority.
205 Transfer of permits
On the application, in accordance with the regulations, of the holder of a permit, the Minister may, in accordance with the regulations, transfer the permit to another person.
206 Suspension or cancellation of permits
The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
206A Review of decisions about permits
An application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
207 Fees
Such fees as are prescribed (if any) are payable in respect of the following:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 207A
Subdivision BA—Protecting critical habitat
207A Register of critical habitat
207B Offence of knowingly damaging critical habitat
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
207C Sale or lease of Commonwealth land containing critical habitat
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
208A Minister may accredit plans or regimes
The Minister may, by instrument in writing, accredit for the purposes of this Division:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 208
management (within the meaning of section 17 of the Fisheries Management Act 1991) is not in force;
if satisfied that:
208 Regulations
The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Migratory species Division 2
Division 2—Migratory species
Subdivision A—Listing
209 Listed migratory species
The list must not include any other species.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 2 Migratory species
Section 210
Subdivision B—Permit system
210 Subdivision does not apply to members of listed threatened species or cetaceans
This Subdivision does not apply to a member of a listed migratory species that is a member of a listed threatened species or a cetacean.
211 Recklessly killing or injuring member of listed migratory species
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
211A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed migratory species
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Migratory species Division 2
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
211B Recklessly taking etc. member of listed migratory species
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
211C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed migratory species
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
(a) the person takes, trades, keeps or moves a member of a migratory species; and
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 2 Migratory species
Section 211D
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
211D Trading etc. member of listed migratory species taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
211E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed migratory species taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Migratory species Division 2
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
212 Certain actions are not offences
Sections 211, 211A, 211B, 211C, 211D and 211E do not apply to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 2 Migratory species
Section 213
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
213 Operation of sections 20 and 20A not affected
To avoid doubt, sections 211, 211A, 211B, 211C, 211D, 211E and 212 do not affect the operation of section 20 or 20A.
214 Failing to notify taking etc. of listed migratory species
(1) This section applies to an action taken by a person if all of the following conditions are met:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Migratory species Division 2
Note 1: Section 212 sets out most of the circumstances in which an action described in paragraph (1)(a) will not be an offence against section 211, 211A, 211B, 211C, 211D or 211E.
Note 2: A person is authorised by a permit to take an action if the person is the holder of the permit or the person is given an authority under section 219 by the holder of the permit to take the action.
Note 3: The conditions of a permit may require the holder of the permit to give certain notices.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
215 Application for permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 2 Migratory species
Section 216
216 Minister may issue permits
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Migratory species Division 2
(iii) the holder of the permit will take all reasonable steps to minimise the impact of the action on that species; or
(4) In making a decision on the application, the Minister must consider all written submissions made by persons or bodies registered under section 266A (about registration for consultation on permit applications) to the Minister on or before the day, and at the address for lodgment, specified in the notice under section 215.
217 Conditions of permits
218 Contravening conditions of a permit
The holder of a permit is guilty of an offence punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 300 penalty units if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 2 Migratory species
Section 219
219 Authorities under permits
220 Transfer of permits
On the application, in accordance with the regulations, of the holder of a permit, the Minister may, in accordance with the regulations, transfer the permit to another person.
221 Suspension or cancellation of permits
The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Migratory species Division 2
221A Review of decisions about permits
An application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
222 Fees
Such fees as are prescribed (if any) are payable in respect of the following:
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
222A Minister may accredit plans or regimes
The Minister may, by instrument in writing, accredit for the purposes of this Division:
if satisfied that:
(d) the plan or regime requires persons engaged in fishing under the plan or regime to take all reasonable steps to ensure that
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 2 Migratory species
Section 223
members of listed migratory species are not killed or injured as a result of the fishing; and
(e) the fishery to which the plan or regime relates does not, or is not likely to, adversely affect the conservation status of a listed migratory species or a population of that species.
223 Regulations
The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Division 3—Whales and other cetaceans
Subdivision A—Application of Division
224 Application of Division
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 225
(4) In this section:
export/import provision means:
Subdivision B—Australian Whale Sanctuary
225 Australian Whale Sanctuary
Note: Generally the baseline is the lowest astronomical tide along the coast but it also includes lines enclosing bays and indentations that are not bays and straight baselines that depart from the coast.
226 Prescribed waters
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
227 Coastal waters
Note: Generally the baseline is the lowest astronomical tide along the coast but it also includes lines enclosing bays and indentations that are not bays and straight baselines that depart from the coast.
(3) Any part of the territorial sea that is adjacent to the Jervis Bay Territory is, for the purposes of subsection (2), taken to be adjacent to New South Wales.
228 Minister may make declaration for coastal waters
Subdivision C—Offences
229 Recklessly killing or injuring a cetacean
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 229A
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
229A Strict liability for killing or injuring a cetacean
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
229B Intentionally taking etc. a cetacean
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
interfere with a cetacean includes harass, chase, herd, tag, mark or brand the cetacean.
229C Strict liability for taking etc. a cetacean
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
(i) the Australian Whale Sanctuary (but not the coastal waters, or a part of the coastal waters, of a State or the
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 229D
Northern Territory for which a declaration under section 228 is in force); or
(ii) waters beyond the outer limits of the Australian Whale Sanctuary.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a) and (b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
229D Treating an illegally killed or taken cetacean
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
treat a cetacean means divide or cut up, or extract any product from, the cetacean.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
230 Possession of cetaceans
(1) Subject to section 231, a person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) An offence against this section is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
231 Certain actions are not offences
Sections 229, 229A, 229B, 229C, 229D and 230 do not apply to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 232
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
232 Action to be taken on killing etc. cetaceans
(1) This section applies to an action taken by a person if all of the following conditions are met:
Note 1: Section 231 sets out most of the circumstances in which an action described in paragraph (1)(a) will not be an offence against section 229, 229A, 229B, 229C or 229D.
Note 2: A person is authorised by a permit to take an action if the person is the holder of the permit or the person is given an authority under section 241 by the holder of the permit to take the action.
Note 3: The conditions of a permit may require the holder of the permit to give certain notices.
(2) Within 7 days of becoming aware of the action, the person must notify the Secretary in writing, by telephone or by use of any other electronic equipment:
(a) that the action was taken; and
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
(b) of other particulars (if any) about the action that are prescribed by the regulations.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Subdivision D—Offences relating to exports and imports
232A Export of cetaceans
232B Import of cetaceans
(1) Subject to section 235, a person is guilty of an offence if the person imports:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 233
(c) a product derived from a cetacean.
(2) An offence against this section is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 10 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
233 Possession of unlawfully imported cetaceans
(1) Subject to section 235, a person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) An offence against this section is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 5 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
234 Treating unlawfully imported cetaceans
(1) Subject to section 235, a person is guilty of an offence if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) An offence against this section is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 5 years or a fine not exceeding 1000 penalty units, or both.
235 Sections 232A, 232B, 233 and 234 do not apply to certain actions
Sections 232A, 232B, 233 and 234 do not apply to:
(a) an action authorised by a permit that was issued under section 238 and is in force; or
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision E—Miscellaneous offences
236 Offences relating to foreign whaling vessels
(1) The master of a foreign whaling vessel is guilty of an offence if the vessel is brought into a port in Australia or an external Territory and the master has not obtained the written permission of the Minister for the vessel to be brought into the port.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
(2) Subsection (1) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 237
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsection (4). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(5) In this Act:
foreign whaling vessel means a vessel, other than an Australian vessel, designed, equipped or used for:
master, in relation to a foreign whaling vessel, means the person (other than a ship’s pilot) in charge or command of the vessel.
Subdivision F—Permit system
237 Application for permits
(1) A person may, in accordance with the regulations, apply to the Minister for a permit to be issued under section 238.
Note: The action to be covered by the permit will undergo assessment under Part 8 as it applies because of section 165.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
238 Minister may issue permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 239
(iii) the import of the part will not be detrimental to the conservation of cetaceans;
(iv) the import of the part is not for commercial purposes.
Note: In deciding whether to issue the permit, the Minister must consider the assessment report that relates to the action to be covered by the permit and was prepared as a result of Part 8 applying because of section 165.
(3A) In making a decision on the application, the Minister must consider all written submissions made by persons or bodies registered under section 266A (about registration for consultation on permit applications) to the Minister on or before the day, and at the address for lodgment, specified in the notice under section 237.
whale watching means any activity conducted for the purpose of observing a whale, including but not limited to being in the water for the purposes of observing or swimming with a whale, or otherwise interacting with a whale.
239 Conditions of permits
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
240 Contravening conditions of a permit
The holder of a permit is guilty of an offence punishable upon conviction by a fine not exceeding 300 penalty units if:
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
241 Authorities under permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 242
242 Transfer of permits
On the application, in accordance with the regulations, of the holder of a permit, the Minister may, in accordance with the regulations, transfer the permit to another person.
243 Suspension or cancellation of permits
The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
243A Review of decisions about permits
An application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
244 Fees
Such fees as are prescribed (if any) are payable in respect of the following:
Subdivision G—Miscellaneous
245 Minister may accredit plans or regimes
The Minister may, by instrument in writing, accredit for the purposes of this Division:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
(ba) a regime determined in writing by the Australian Fisheries Management Authority under the Fisheries Administration Act 1991 for managing a fishery for which a plan of management (within the meaning of section 17 of the Fisheries Management Act 1991) is not in force;
if satisfied that:
246 Vesting of whales in Commonwealth
(1) If:
contravention of this Division; the cetacean vests, by force of this section, in the Commonwealth.
(2) The Commonwealth is not liable in any action, suit or proceedings in respect of any matter relating to a cetacean at any time before the taking of possession of the cetacean by the Commonwealth.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 247
247 Regulations
The regulations may:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed marine species Division 4
Division 4—Listed marine species
Subdivision A—Listing
248 Listed marine species
249 Minister may amend list
(1) Subject to this Subdivision, the Minister may, by instrument published in the Gazette, amend the list:
(a) by including items in the list; or
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 250
250 Adding marine species to the list
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed marine species Division 4
251 Minister must consider advice from Scientific Committee
necessary instrument to be published in the Gazette; within 90 days after receiving the Scientific Committee’s advice on the addition or deletion of the item.
(3) A member of the Scientific Committee has a duty not to disclose to any other person the advice, or any information relating to the advice, before the end of that period of 90 days unless the disclosure:
252 Minister to make lists available to the public
The Minister must, in accordance with the regulations (if any), make copies of up-to-date lists available for purchase, for a reasonable price, at a prescribed place in each State and self-governing Territory.
Subdivision B—Permit system
253 Subdivision does not apply to members of certain species and cetaceans
This Subdivision does not apply to a member of a listed marine species that is a member of a listed migratory species, a member of a listed threatened species or a cetacean.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 254
254 Recklessly killing or injuring member of listed marine species
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
254A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed marine species
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed marine species Division 4
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
254B Recklessly taking etc. member of listed marine species
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
254C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed marine species
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 254D
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
254D Trading etc. member of listed marine species taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or both.
254E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed marine species taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if:
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed marine species Division 4
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
255 Certain actions are not offences
Sections 254, 254A, 254B, 254C, 254D and 254E do not apply to:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 256
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
256 Failing to notify taking etc. of listed marine wildlife
(1) This section applies to an action taken by a person if all of the following conditions are met:
Note 1: Section 255 sets out most of the circumstances in which an action described in paragraph (1)(a) will not be an offence against section 254, 254A, 254B, 254C, 254D or 254E.
Note 2: A person is authorised by a permit to take an action if the person is the holder of the permit or the person is given an authority under section 261 by the holder of the permit to take the action.
Note 3: The conditions of a permit may require the holder of the permit to give certain notices.
(2) Within 7 days of becoming aware of the action, the person must notify the Secretary in writing, by telephone or by use of any other electronic equipment:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed marine species Division 4
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
257 Application for permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 258
258 Minister may issue permits
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed marine species Division 4
259 Conditions of permits
260 Contravening conditions of a permit
The holder of a permit is guilty of an offence punishable upon conviction by a fine not exceeding 300 penalty units if:
261 Authorities under permits
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 262
262 Transfer of permits
On the application, in accordance with the regulations, of the holder of a permit, the Minister may, in accordance with the regulations, transfer the permit to another person.
263 Suspension or cancellation of permits
The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
263A Review of decisions about permits
An application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
264 Fees
Such fees as are prescribed (if any) are payable in respect of the following:
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Listed marine species Division 4
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
265 Minister may accredit plans or regimes
The Minister may, by instrument in writing, accredit for the purposes of this Division:
(ba) a regime determined in writing by the Australian Fisheries Management Authority under the Fisheries Administration Act 1991 for managing a fishery for which a plan of management (within the meaning of section 17 of the Fisheries Management Act 1991) is not in force;
if satisfied that:
266 Regulations
The regulations may:
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity Part 13 Species and communities Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 266
Conservation of biodiversity Chapter 5 Species and communities Part 13 Register for consultations about permits Division 4A
Division 4A—Register for consultations about permits
266A Register for consultation about permit applications